summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/30950-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-14 19:54:49 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-14 19:54:49 -0700
commited4697dee0bff4b398f74026992540c8ee718b42 (patch)
treecbd56b4139b0670edd8b989d1cb16f9d27c1f5b9 /30950-h
initial commit of ebook 30950HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '30950-h')
-rw-r--r--30950-h/30950-h.htm8329
-rw-r--r--30950-h/images/i001.jpgbin0 -> 4752 bytes
2 files changed, 8329 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/30950-h/30950-h.htm b/30950-h/30950-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cad0355
--- /dev/null
+++ b/30950-h/30950-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,8329 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" >
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+<meta name="generator" content="eppg.py 0.37 (19-Dec-2009)" />
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Go Ahead Boys and the Treasure Cave by Ross Kay</title>
+<style type="text/css">
+body {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%;}
+p {margin-top:1ex; margin-bottom:0; text-indent:0; text-align:justify;}
+p + p {margin-top:0; text-indent:1em;}
+
+h1,h2 {text-align:center; font-weight:normal;}
+h1 {font-size:1.6em; margin-top:4ex; margin-bottom:2ex;}
+h2 {font-size:1.4em; margin-top:4ex; margin-bottom:2ex;}
+
+a {text-decoration:none;}
+div.toc a {text-decoration:underline;}
+div.loi a {text-decoration:underline;}
+
+p.center {text-align:center; text-indent:0em;}
+p.caption {font-size:smaller;}
+
+table {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; clear:both;}
+td.tcol1 {text-align:right; padding-right:2ex; vertical-align:top;}
+td.tcol2 {text-align:left; padding-right:10ex; vertical-align:top;font-variant:small-caps;}
+td.tcol3 {text-align:right; vertical-align:bottom;}
+
+div.figcenter {text-align:center; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}
+div.figcenter p {text-align:center;}
+
+div.bquote {font-size:1.0em; margin:5px 5%;}
+div.bquote p {text-indent:0em; margin-bottom:4px; margin-top:4px;}
+
+div.titlepage {margin-bottom:4px; margin-top:4px;}
+div.titlepage p {text-indent:0em; text-align:center; margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto;}
+
+.tar {text-align:right;}
+.tac {margin-left: auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:center;}
+
+.fss {font-size:smaller;}
+.fsl {font-size:larger;}
+.fs12 {font-size:1.2em;}
+.fs14 {font-size:1.4em;}
+.fs18 {font-size:1.8em;}
+.mt05 {margin-top:5px;}
+.mt20 {margin-top:20px;}
+.mt30 {margin-top:30px;}
+.mb05 {margin-bottom:5px;}
+.mb10 {margin-bottom:10px;}
+.mb30 {margin-bottom:30px;}
+.mb60 {margin-bottom:60px;}
+.mb120 {margin-bottom:120px;}
+
+.italic {font-style:italic;}
+.bold {font-weight:bold;}
+.sc {font-variant:small-caps;}
+
+hr.tb {border:none; border-bottom:1px solid silver; height: 1px; width: 60%; text-align: center; margin: 15px 20%;}
+hr.b10 {border:none; border-bottom:1px solid silver; height: 1px; width: 10%; text-align: center; margin: 15px 45%;}
+
+hr.pb {margin:30px 0; width:100%; border:none; border-top:thin dashed silver;}
+@media handheld {
+hr.pb {border:none; page-break-after:always; margin-top:4em;}
+}
+
+.footnote {font-size: 90%; }
+.footnote .label {float:left; text-align:left; width:2em;}
+.footnote a {text-decoration:none;}
+.fnanchor {font-size: 80%; text-decoration: none; vertical-align: 0.25em;}
+div.footnote p {margin-bottom:1ex;}
+hr.fn {border:none; border-bottom:1px solid black; height: 1px; width: 10ex; text-align: left; margin: 10px auto 10px 0;}
+
+hr.tb10 {border:none; border-bottom:1px solid black; height:1px; width:20%; text-align:center; margin:5px 40%;}
+
+div.adpage {}
+div.adpage p {text-indent:0}
+div.adpage p.ti2 {text-indent:2ex;}
+div.adpage .fwb {font-weight: bold;}
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's The Go Ahead Boys and the Treasure Cave, by Ross Kay
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Go Ahead Boys and the Treasure Cave
+
+Author: Ross Kay
+
+Release Date: January 13, 2010 [EBook #30950]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GO AHEAD BOYS AND TREASURE CAVE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Roger Frank, D Alexander and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<div class='titlepage'>
+<p class='mt30 fs18'>THE GO AHEAD BOYS</p>
+
+<p class='fs14'>AND</p>
+
+<p class='fs18 mb60'>THE TREASURE CAVE</p>
+
+<p>BY</p>
+
+<p class='fs12'>ROSS KAY</p>
+
+<p class='fss mb120'>Author of &#8220;Dodging the North Sea Mines,&#8221; &#8220;With Joffre on<br />
+the Battle Line,&#8221; &#8220;The Air Scout,&#8221; &#8220;The Go Ahead<br />
+Boys on Smugglers&#8217; Island,&#8221; etc., etc.</p>
+
+<div style='margin:40px auto; text-align:center;'>
+ <img alt='emblem' src='images/i001.jpg' />
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<div class='titlepage'>
+<p class='fss'>Copyright, 1916<br />
+by<br />
+BARSE &amp; HOPKINS</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<p class='tac fsl'>PREFACE</p>
+
+<p>The love of adventure is inborn in all normal boys. Action is almost a
+supreme demand in the stories they read with most pleasure. Recognizing this
+primary demand, in this tale I have endeavored to keep in mind this requisite
+and at the same time to avoid sensational appeals. The unusual is not always the
+improbable. The Go Ahead Boys are striving to be active without being unduly
+precocious or preternaturally endowed.</p>
+
+<p class='tar'>R<span class='fss'>OSS</span> K<span class='fss'>AY</span>.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<table summary='TOC'>
+<tr><td colspan='3' class='tac fsl'>TABLE OF CONTENTS</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1 fss'>CHAPTER</td><td></td><td class='tcol3 fss'>PAGE</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_1'>I</a></td><td class='tcol2'>The Voyage Is Begun</td><td class='tcol3'>11</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_2'>II</a></td><td class='tcol2'>A Plucky Feat</td><td class='tcol3'>20</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_3'>III</a></td><td class='tcol2'>A Superstitious Cook</td><td class='tcol3'>29</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_4'>IV</a></td><td class='tcol2'>A Code</td><td class='tcol3'>37</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_5'>V</a></td><td class='tcol2'>A Tropical Storm</td><td class='tcol3'>46</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_6'>VI</a></td><td class='tcol2'>Adrift</td><td class='tcol3'>54</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_7'>VII</a></td><td class='tcol2'>A Desperate Struggle</td><td class='tcol3'>64</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_8'>VIII</a></td><td class='tcol2'>A Sorry Plight</td><td class='tcol3'>71</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_9'>IX</a></td><td class='tcol2'>In Search of Land</td><td class='tcol3'>81</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_10'>X</a></td><td class='tcol2'>Ashore</td><td class='tcol3'>89</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_11'>XI</a></td><td class='tcol2'>A Serious Mishap</td><td class='tcol3'>98</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_12'>XII</a></td><td class='tcol2'>A New Home</td><td class='tcol3'>107</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_13'>XIII</a></td><td class='tcol2'>An Iron Chest</td><td class='tcol3'>116</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_14'>XIV</a></td><td class='tcol2'>An Odd Discovery</td><td class='tcol3'>124</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_15'>XV</a></td><td class='tcol2'>Sam Remembers Something</td><td class='tcol3'>133</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_16'>XVI</a></td><td class='tcol2'>The Riddle</td><td class='tcol3'>143</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_17'>XVII</a></td><td class='tcol2'>Underground Work</td><td class='tcol3'>151</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_18'>XVIII</a></td><td class='tcol2'>In the Water</td><td class='tcol3'>159</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_19'>XIX</a></td><td class='tcol2'>Shark</td><td class='tcol3'>167</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_20'>XX</a></td><td class='tcol2'>Talking It Over</td><td class='tcol3'>176</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_21'>XXI</a></td><td class='tcol2'>A New Member</td><td class='tcol3'>184</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_22'>XXII</a></td><td class='tcol2'>A Clue</td><td class='tcol3'>193</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_23'>XXIII</a></td><td class='tcol2'>Progress</td><td class='tcol3'>201</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_24'>XXIV</a></td><td class='tcol2'>Solved</td><td class='tcol3'>211</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_25'>XXV</a></td><td class='tcol2'>On the Beach</td><td class='tcol3'>220</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_26'>XXVI</a></td><td class='tcol2'>The Spot Is Marked</td><td class='tcol3'>230</td></tr>
+<tr><td class='tcol1'><a href='#link_27'>XXVII</a></td><td class='tcol2'>Conclusion</td><td class='tcol3'>240</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h1>THE GO AHEAD BOYS AND THE TREASURE CAVE</h1>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_1'></a>CHAPTER I<br /><span class='fss'>THE VOYAGE IS BEGUN</span></h2>
+<p>&#8220;A-a-ll ha-a-ands! Up anchor! A-ho-oy!&#8221;</p>
+<p>Instantly all was bustle and action on board the brig
+<i>Josephine</i>. The sailors ran hither and thither, the sails were
+loosed and the yards braced. The clanking of the windlass soon told
+that the anchor was being raised.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Whew! I never saw so much excitement and hurry in all my
+life,&#8221; exclaimed a boy, who with three companions stood on the
+deck of the brig and looked on at these activities without actually
+taking part in them themselves. The speaker was Fred Button. He was a
+tiny little fellow, known affectionately among his friends as Stub, or
+Peewee or Pygmy. This last name was frequently shortened into Pyg, much
+to Fred&#8217;s disgust, though he had learned better than to lose his
+temper because of teasing or little things that did not just suit him.
+He had given up such foolishness long ago.</p>
+
+<p>With his three companions he had embarked on the <i>Josephine</i>
+for a voyage to Buenos Aires in South America. The lure of the sea had
+attracted these four boys and the desire to see something of foreign
+lands had spurred them on. They were on board in the capacity of
+passengers though it was also their desire to help the crew in whatever
+way they were able.</p>
+
+<p>Standing beside Fred Button was John Clemens, a boy who was as
+unusually tall as Fred was short. He was extremely thin, however, and
+with his six feet three inches of height he looked like a string,
+according to his friends. In fact that was what they usually called
+him.</p>
+
+<p>Next to him was Grant Jones. Grant was about eighteen, the same age
+as the other three boys though he was their leader in a great many
+ways. No matter what he attempted he always did it well. In school work
+he usually led his class and on the athletic field he far outshone the
+others. His talents had won him the nickname of Socrates which,
+however, was usually shortened to Soc. &#8220;Old Soc Jones&#8221; was
+always a favorite.</p>
+
+<p>The fourth member of the group was George Washington Sanders. He was
+always good natured and his witty remarks had made him intensely
+popular with all who knew him. In honor of the name he bore he
+sometimes had been referred to as the father of his country, which
+appellation, however, had finally been corrupted to Pop.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It certainly is busy around here, isn&#8217;t it?&#8221;
+exclaimed Grant Jones in response to Fred Button&#8217;s remarks
+previously referred to.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And it&#8217;s all mystery to me,&#8221; added John Clemens.
+&#8220;These orders being shouted and the strange things the men are
+doing are getting me bewildered.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve been standing here expecting some one of the
+sailors to mistake you for a mast and hang a sail on you any minute,
+String,&#8221; said Pop Sanders slyly, at the same time nudging Fred
+Button.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is that so?&#8221; exclaimed John Clemens quickly. &#8220;At
+any rate, I&#8217;d rather be the shape of a mast than a bag of
+ballast.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s the way, String,&#8221; said Grant Jones
+encouragingly. &#8220;Don&#8217;t let him get the better of
+you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He never has and he never will,&#8221; said John
+complacently.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stop arguing,&#8221; exclaimed Fred Button, &#8220;and tell
+me what kind of a boat this is that we are on.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s a sailing boat,&#8221; said Pop Sanders.
+&#8220;Did you think it was a steamer?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I mean what kind of a sailing boat is it. Is it a schooner or
+a bark, or what?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s a brig,&#8221; said Socrates Jones. &#8220;You can
+always tell a brig from the way she is rigged. She has two masts and is
+square rigged.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I thought that was a brigantine,&#8221; protested Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;A brigantine is very much the
+same though. She has two masts and is square rigged on the foremast,
+but schooner rigged on the other.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Which is called the mainmast,&#8221; said Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Quite right,&#8221; agreed Grant. &#8220;I&#8217;ll make a
+sailor of you yet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>Josephine</i> was now sliding through the waters of New York
+Bay. The Statue of Liberty was just ahead on her right (or rather her
+starboard side) while on the port side was Governor&#8217;s Island,
+with its old fort and parade ground plainly to be seen. Two big ocean
+liners loomed up a short distance away. One was just completing her
+voyage from Europe while the other was only starting. Saucy little tugs
+rushed hither and thither. Ferryboats passed, bearing their precious
+burdens of human freight. Great barges loaded to the water&#8217;s edge
+were towed slowly along. Ahead could be seen many steamers lying at
+anchor in the lower bay off the quarantine station, while now and again
+a sailing vessel similar to the one on which the Go Ahead boys were
+embarked could also be seen. They were not very numerous, however.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, what do you think of it, boys?&#8221; demanded a bluff,
+hearty voice behind them. It was Captain Roger Dodge, the commander of
+the <i>Josephine</i>, who spoke to them. His face was bronzed by the
+sun and wind and his drooping mustache was faded to a straw color. His
+gray eyes were the features that struck any one who observed him
+closely, however. A merry twinkle could be seen in them, but at the
+same time their expression denoted that their owner was a man who would
+never be afraid of anything on land or sea.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We think it&#8217;s fine,&#8221; exclaimed Fred Button
+speaking for the others.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s a wonderful harbor all right,&#8221; said Captain
+Dodge. &#8220;I think it&#8217;s just about the finest in the world and
+I&#8217;ve seen most of them too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What one do you like next to this, captain?&#8221; inquired
+Grant. Old Soc Jones was always eager to learn something.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; said the captain slowly, &#8220;I guess the
+harbor at Sydney, Australia, next to this. Still San Francisco has a
+wonderful harbor, too. That golden gate out there is a sight worth
+seeing.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wish I could see it,&#8221; said Grant, wistfully.
+&#8220;Some day I hope to do it, too. Still, there are so many
+wonderful places in the world it&#8217;s hard to say which ones
+you&#8217;d rather see first.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s very true,&#8221; agreed the captain.
+&#8220;I&#8217;ve seen a good many, but I always want to see more.
+I&#8217;ve knocked around the world so long that I don&#8217;t believe
+I could settle down and be happy now. I guess I&#8217;ve got the
+wanderlust all right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s easy to get,&#8221; exclaimed Pop Sanders, serious
+for once. &#8220;We&#8217;ve all got it ourselves.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How long have you been a sailor, captain?&#8221; asked John
+Clemens.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Thirty years. I started in as a cabin boy when I was fourteen
+years old and I&#8217;ve been at it ever since.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You ought to know about all there is to know about it, I
+should think,&#8221; said Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Without boasting at all, I can safely say that I do know a
+lot about the business,&#8221; said Captain Dodge, smilingly.
+&#8220;I&#8217;ve done about all there is to do on a ship, I
+guess.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And you&#8217;ve had some wonderful experiences,&#8221;
+suggested Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I have,&#8221; said the captain smilingly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Will you tell us about them sometime?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should be glad to,&#8221; said the captain readily.
+&#8220;Not now, though, for, as you can see, I am pretty busy,&#8221;
+and the bluff sailor hurried away, shouting orders to his men, who all
+seemed to like him and take delight in carrying out his commands as
+quickly as possible.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Captain Dodge isn&#8217;t much like the sea captains we used
+to read about in the old story books, is he?&#8221; remarked Grant
+Jones.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why not?&#8221; demanded Pop Sanders. &#8220;He certainly
+looks like a sailor.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know that,&#8221; agreed Grant, &#8220;but I meant the kind
+of a man the crew all hated and feared and who used to give them the
+rope&#8217;s end every time they did anything he didn&#8217;t
+like.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That day has passed, I guess,&#8221; laughed John Clemens.
+&#8220;Perhaps it&#8217;s lucky for us, too, for we might get it
+ourselves.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Any one would have to be a pretty good shot to hit you with
+anything, String,&#8221; said Pop Sanders teasingly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Huh,&#8221; snorted John, but he made no other reply.</p>
+
+<p>At this moment Captain Dodge approached.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ve got to anchor, boys,&#8221; he said. &#8220;The
+wind is dead ahead of us here in the narrows and I think I&#8217;ll
+wait till it shifts.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We might all go to Coney Island then,&#8221; exclaimed Fred
+Button eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And the wind might change almost any minute and we&#8217;d
+sail off and leave you behind,&#8221; laughed Captain Dodge.
+&#8220;Coney Island is just around that point, though, and you could
+row there in a little while.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess we&#8217;ll stay aboard if you&#8217;re thinking of
+leaving us,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;I&#8217;d rather go to Buenos
+Aires than Coney Island.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s what I say,&#8221; exclaimed John Clemens.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Can&#8217;t we do something to help around here?&#8221; asked
+Grant. &#8220;We&#8217;re only amateur sailors, but we&#8217;re anxious
+to do what we can.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know you are,&#8221; said Captain Dodge. &#8220;I expect
+you to take your regular turns on watch with the rest of the crew. Just
+now I want the sails taken in, though. Do you suppose one of you could
+go up that foremast?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I could,&#8221; cried Fred quickly. &#8220;Let me
+go.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Think you can take in that topsail?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can help.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s all I want, of course. There&#8217;ll be a
+sailor up there with you to tell you what to do and perhaps you can be
+of assistance to him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;d like to try it, anyway,&#8221; said Fred
+eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; said the captain. &#8220;Mr.
+Johnson,&#8221; he called to the first mate, who was a big
+blonde-haired Swede, &#8220;this young man wants to go aloft. Will you
+let him help your man take in that fore-topsail?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, sir,&#8221; came the quick reply, and Fred ran to the
+foot of the mast, where Mr. Johnson, the mate, and a sailor named
+Petersen were standing.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Follow me,&#8221; said Petersen, and he began to climb. Up
+the rigging he went, with Fred close behind him. It was hard work for
+the inexperienced boy to keep pace with the hardy sailor, and he was
+well-nigh exhausted when at last they stood upon the yards.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s hard work,&#8221; panted Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ll get used to it,&#8221; smiled the sailor.
+&#8220;There&#8217;s a knack about it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do we do now?&#8221; demanded Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wait till we get our orders. The captain will bring &#8217;er up
+into the wind in a minute and that&#8217;s when we get to
+work.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What shall I do?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You grab all the loose sail you can, right in your arms, and
+try to hold it there. They&#8217;ll let go below.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Fred felt dizzy, standing so high above the decks, and he clung to
+the ropes which were all about him, for dear life. He heartily wished
+that he was once more with his comrades, but it was too late now. He
+must go through with it, and he was determined, if possible, not to
+betray his nervousness.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stand by!&#8221; came the faint call from below.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hang on now,&#8221; cautioned Petersen. &#8220;They&#8217;re
+going to bring &#8217;er &#8217;round.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The steersman put the helm hard over and the <i>Josephine</i> swung
+rapidly around with her bow into the wind. In spite of the warning Fred
+did not hold on as tightly as he should. He felt himself slipping. He
+clutched madly at the maze of ropes which entirely surrounded him. He
+tried to call out, but no sound came. Desperately he strove to save
+himself, but his efforts were unavailing.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' /> <h2><a id='link_2'></a>CHAPTER II<br /><span
+class='fss'>A PLUCKY FEAT</span></h2>
+
+<p>Fred&#8217;s three companions on the deck below watched their friend
+with horrified eyes. They had felt envious of his good fortune until
+now, and every one of them had wished that he was in Fred&#8217;s
+place.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It must be great up there,&#8221; Grant exclaimed as he
+looked at Fred standing up against the topmast, far above the
+decks.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s the place to be, all right,&#8221; said String
+enthusiastically.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If you were up there it would look like two masts instead of
+one,&#8221; said Pop Sanders.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Say,&#8221; said John in disgust. &#8220;You got off that
+same joke just a few minutes ago. It was all right the first time, but
+it&#8217;s a pretty poor one now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The three boys had stood below bantering one another and envying
+Fred until the <i>Josephine</i> came about and they saw that their
+comrade was dizzy and in danger of falling.</p>
+
+<p>He swayed dangerously for a while that seemed a century long. He
+waved his arms wildly in the air and then clutched frantically for some
+rope or brace to save himself. He seemed to grab hold of plenty of
+ropes but to hang on to none. Moreover, a rope was the cause of his
+fall, for one swung violently around and catching the unfortunate boy
+around the ankles tripped him up and pulled him from the precarious
+spot on which he stood.</p>
+
+<p>He toppled backward and fell. His three companions with one accord
+uttered a groan of horror and shut their eyes to keep out the awful
+sight of what was about to happen. To think that their wonderful trip
+was to be spoiled at the very start in this way! They turned their
+backs to the scene, afraid to look. Every boy expected to hear a thud
+on the deck and see the mangled body of their companion at their
+feet.</p>
+
+<p>To them it seemed as if they waited hours and yet they did not hear
+the expected sound. Instead of that they heard a shout.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hold him!&#8221; some one cried, and opening their eyes and
+daring to look about them, the three boys on the deck saw something
+that was as unexpected as it was welcome.</p>
+
+<p>Fred hung head downward from the yard, a rope twisted tightly around
+his feet. The same rope that had thrown him from his position was now
+holding him suspended in the air. But how securely did it hold him?
+Could it support him until help could come? That was the question.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go to him, somebody!&#8221; cried Grant in an agonized voice.
+Even as he spoke a sailor ran swiftly along the deck to the base of the
+foremast and began to climb rapidly. To those who watched him, however,
+it seemed as if he progressed at a snail&#8217;s pace.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s going to drop!&#8221; groaned String.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe not,&#8221; said Pop Sanders, trying to appear
+cheerful.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What can he do if he does reach him?&#8221; demanded
+Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wait and see,&#8221; cautioned Pop.</p>
+
+<p>Higher and higher climbed the sailor. From above Petersen, the man
+who had accompanied Fred to the top, leaned down and took hold of the
+rope which was all that kept the unfortunate boy from falling.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t pull on that,&#8221; begged Grant.
+&#8220;It&#8217;ll surely come loose.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The sailor had now approached within a few feet of Fred. A moment
+later and he was by his side. He made no move to help the boy who hung
+so perilously out into space. Instead he shouted something to Petersen
+which could not be heard on the deck below.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the matter with him?&#8221; demanded Pop
+angrily. &#8220;Why doesn&#8217;t he do something?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let him alone,&#8221; cautioned Grant. &#8220;I guess he
+knows his business.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But Fred&#8217;ll fall.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess not. That sailor can see how firm a hold that rope
+has on his ankles. He won&#8217;t take any chances.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He called for a rope,&#8221; exclaimed John Clemens.
+&#8220;See, that sailor who went up with Fred is letting one
+down.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And he&#8217;s making the other one fast to the yard,&#8221;
+added Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They&#8217;re going to haul him up, I guess,&#8221; said
+Pop.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;See,
+he&#8217;s tying the other end around Fred&#8217;s chest. They&#8217;ll
+have him fixed all right in a minute.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If he doesn&#8217;t fall before,&#8221; String reminded
+them.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re certainly a pessimist, String,&#8221; exclaimed
+Pop. &#8220;Don&#8217;t you ever have a cheerful thought?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course I do, but I&#8217;m worried.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So am I. I try to be cheerful now and then,
+though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s all right now,&#8221; exclaimed Grant as the
+sailor finished tying the rope around Fred&#8217;s body. &#8220;He
+couldn&#8217;t fall now to save his life.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The sailor scrambled quickly up the mast until he stood alongside
+Petersen. Then the two men bent low, and hauling in hand over hand,
+soon pulled Fred up to the yard on which they stood. They did not untie
+the rope from around his waist, however, but rather made the loose end
+of it fast around the mast so that the accident could not be repeated.
+A great cheer from those who had assembled below greeted the result of
+this work.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess Fred&#8217;s awfully dizzy just now,&#8221; remarked
+Grant. &#8220;I don&#8217;t believe it&#8217;s much fun hanging by your
+heels way up there.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And now how are they going to get him down?&#8221; demanded
+Pop. &#8220;He certainly can&#8217;t do it by himself. He&#8217;d be
+sure to fall.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>At this moment Captain Dodge joined the three boys. &#8220;A pretty
+close call for our sailor friend,&#8221; he remarked grimly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; agreed Grant, &#8220;it certainly was. I
+don&#8217;t suppose he&#8217;ll want to do much climbing for quite a
+while now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I hope not,&#8221; said the captain heartily.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How are you going to get him down?&#8221; asked Pop.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s easy,&#8221; said the captain, smiling.
+&#8220;We&#8217;ll take a very long rope, one that will reach all the
+way from the deck up to where he is and back again. We&#8217;ll tie one
+end around your friend and we&#8217;ll hang on to the other down here
+on the deck. The rope will go over the yard and he will be on one end
+and we will be on the other. Then we&#8217;ll lower away slowly and the
+first thing you know he&#8217;ll be right down here with us
+again.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And mighty glad to get here, I guess,&#8221; exclaimed
+Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll send a man up with the rope now,&#8221; said the
+captain, and he started to walk away.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wait,&#8221; cried Grant suddenly. &#8220;What&#8217;s Fred
+trying to do?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s untying the ropes,&#8221; exclaimed String.
+&#8220;Is he crazy?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess he is,&#8221; said Pop. &#8220;It looks as if he was
+getting ready to climb down the way he went up.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yell at him,&#8221; exclaimed String excitedly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t you do it,&#8221; cautioned Captain Dodge
+quickly. &#8220;Don&#8217;t distract his attention from what he is
+doing for a second. It&#8217;s too late now, anyway.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Fred now stood free and clear of the ropes. It was evident that the
+two men with him were arguing with him not to attempt the descent, but
+apparently their efforts made no impression on the daring youth, for he
+could be seen to shake his head. Then he gingerly lowered himself from
+the yard and began the perilous journey to the deck.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Pretty nervy,&#8221; muttered Captain Dodge under his breath,
+and murmurs of admiration could be heard from all the members of the
+crew gathered nearby. No one spoke, however, for all eyes and all
+interest were focused on the feat Fred was performing.</p>
+
+<p>Slowly and carefully he proceeded at first, but as he gained in
+confidence he increased the speed of his descent. Before he had covered
+half of the distance he was swinging along as freely and apparently as
+carelessly as any sailor. A moment later and he reached the deck.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Good boy,&#8221; cried Captain Dodge, springing forward to
+shake hands with Fred, and at the same time a hearty cheer was given by
+the crew.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as Fred touched foot on the deck, however, a change came
+over him. His face became deathly pale and he swayed dizzily. He put
+out his hand to save himself, but before Captain Dodge could reach him
+he collapsed and sank to the deck in a limp heap.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Fainted,&#8221; remarked Grant simply.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I don&#8217;t blame him,&#8221; exclaimed Pop Sanders.
+&#8220;It&#8217;s the reaction from the strain probably.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The three boys rushed to the side of their comrade and found that
+Grant&#8217;s surmise had been correct. Fred had fainted.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Bring some water,&#8221; directed Captain Dodge.
+&#8220;He&#8217;ll be around presently.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Fred soon opened his eyes after a few treatments of cold water,
+splashed directly in his face. He looked about him and smiled
+weakly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How do you feel?&#8221; asked Captain Dodge.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Fine,&#8221; said Fred, but he didn&#8217;t look so.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You better get in your bunk for a while,&#8221; said the
+captain. &#8220;That&#8217;s all you need just now. I&#8217;ll tell the
+cook to bring you a little hot soup.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Leaning on Grant and George Washington Sanders, Fred made his way
+below. He was very weak after his ordeal and it was with a great sigh
+of relief that he sank into his bunk.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What made you climb down?&#8221; demanded Pop.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; said Fred, &#8220;I just had to. I knew that if
+I didn&#8217;t do it then I never would have the nerve to try again. I
+felt so foolish to have caused all the trouble I did and I knew
+they&#8217;d all think me an awful landlubber. I felt as if I ought to
+square myself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You did that all right,&#8221; said Grant heartily.
+&#8220;The whole crew is crazy about you now, and String and Pop and I
+are certainly in the shade.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t mind that part of it,&#8221; said Pop.
+&#8220;All I say is, don&#8217;t do it again. I couldn&#8217;t stand
+another ten minutes like those.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And I tell you one thing,&#8221; said Grant.
+&#8220;It&#8217;s lucky for you that the <i>Josephine</i> had been
+brought up into the wind. If we had been tacking or beating or
+something like that you&#8217;d never had hung so quietly as you
+did.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are we anchored now?&#8221; asked Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;We&#8217;re going to stay here
+until the wind changes.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When do you suppose that will be?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The captain says it&#8217;ll probably swing around to the
+west to-night. As soon as it does we will get under way
+again.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They can&#8217;t do it too soon to suit me,&#8221; exclaimed
+String. &#8220;I want to be out on the ocean, where you can&#8217;t see
+a bit of land in any direction.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;ll happen soon enough, once we get started,&#8221;
+said Grant. &#8220;Then we&#8217;ll probably wish we were on shore
+again.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>At this moment the cook appeared with a bowl of smoking hot soup for
+Fred. The cook was named Sam and was as black as ebony.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wh&#8217;ars dat high diver?&#8221; he demanded as he entered the
+cabin.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You mean me?&#8221; smiled Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I sho&#8217; do,&#8221; said Sam. &#8220;You suttinly is some
+acrobat.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not again, I hope,&#8221; said Fred fervently. &#8220;I hope
+my troubles are over.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>As a matter of fact his troubles and his companions&#8217; had
+scarcely begun.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_3'></a>CHAPTER III<br /><span class='fss'>A
+SUPERSTITIOUS COOK</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah&#8217;s afraid ob dis heah boat,&#8221; said Sam as he
+handed the soup to Fred and settled himself on the side of the bunk
+opposite.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Afraid of it?&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;Why?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;She&#8217;s got de hoodoo,&#8221; said Sam decidedly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why, Sam,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;What do you mean by
+that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;She&#8217;s got de hoodoo, dat&#8217;s all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What makes you think so?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Because Ah feels dat way.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But why do you feel that way?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dey&#8217;s a Jonah on board.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You think so?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah sho&#8217; do,&#8221; said Sam, nodding his ebony head
+violently up and down. &#8220;Ah seen him come abo&#8217;d and Ah
+knowed right away dat we was gwine ter hab hard luck dis
+cruise.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You know who the Jonah is, then, do you?&#8221; inquired
+Grant, somewhat amused by the black man&#8217;s superstitions.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah done tol&#8217; you all Ah seen him come
+abo&#8217;d,&#8221; said Sam.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who is he?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dat Finn.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What Finn?&#8221; demanded Fred. &#8220;What is his
+name?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah doan&#8217; know his name, but he am de Jonah all
+right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What does he look like?&#8221; asked Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Like all de Finns,&#8221; said Sam. &#8220;Big, wid light
+hair.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You don&#8217;t mean Mr. Johnson, the mate, do you?&#8221;
+said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Suttinly not. Mr. Johnson am a Swede.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who can it be, do you suppose?&#8221; asked Grant of Fred and
+String and Pop. The four friends were much interested in what Sam had
+to say.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dey calls him Pete,&#8221; said Sam.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not Petersen?&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;The man who went
+up the mast with me?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dat&#8217;s de one,&#8221; said Sam with great conviction.
+&#8220;He am a Jonah. Jus&#8217; so long as he is on dis boat we is
+boun&#8217; to hab hard luck. He was de one who was responsible
+fo&#8217; you all doin&#8217; dat dive.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How silly,&#8221; laughed Fred. &#8220;You don&#8217;t think
+he pushed me, do you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah ain&#8217;t sayin&#8217; as how he done actually pushed
+you,&#8221; said Sam mysteriously. &#8220;All de same he was
+&#8217;sponsible.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why do you suspect him, Sam?&#8221; asked String
+curiously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Because he am a Finn,&#8221; said Sam.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is that the only reason?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ain&#8217;t dat enuff?&#8221; exclaimed Sam.
+&#8220;He&#8217;s a Finn, ain&#8217;t he? Well, doan&#8217; you all
+know dat Finns is hard luck?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I never knew it,&#8221; said Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well it&#8217;s de truth jus&#8217; de same,&#8221; said
+Sam.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why is that?&#8221; asked Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah doan&#8217; know nothin&#8217; about why it is,&#8221;
+said Sam. &#8220;All Ah knows is dat Finns is hard luck on boats
+an&#8217; always has been.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What can they do?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dey say,&#8221; whispered Sam in a low voice and leaning
+forward after a glance around the cabin, &#8220;dat dey can make de
+wind blow or dey can make it stop blowin&#8217;. Dey can make de storms
+come and if dey tries real hard dey can wreck de whole ship.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;By doing what?&#8221; asked Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;By doin&#8217; nothin&#8217;,&#8221; replied Sam confidently.
+&#8220;Dey jus&#8217; sits in de cabin and thinks and thinks and
+wha&#8217;soever dey thinks about is boun&#8217; to happen.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It wouldn&#8217;t do to get one of them mad at you then,
+would it?&#8221; remarked Pop.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah should say not,&#8221; exclaimed Sam with great
+conviction.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Haven&#8217;t you ever sailed with Finns before?&#8221; asked
+Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Once, an&#8217; dat time we had nothin&#8217; but head winds
+an&#8217; calms all de blessed time. Dat proves what Ah say about dem
+Finns, doan&#8217; it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You think the Finn was responsible, do you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah is sho&#8217; of it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll hope you&#8217;re wrong, Sam,&#8221; laughed Pop.
+&#8220;Certainly we&#8217;re not looking for hard luck. We&#8217;re out
+for fun.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah hopes yo&#8217; all has it,&#8221; said Sam, but he shook
+his head doubtfully and muttered to himself as he took the empty soup
+bowl from Fred&#8217;s hands and carried it off into the galley.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s a queer one,&#8221; said Pop laughing as he
+watched the cook&#8217;s disappearing figure. &#8220;Imagine accusing
+all Finns of being hard luck.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s pretty tough on the race, I should say,&#8221;
+said String.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; laughed Pop, &#8220;and just imagine what would
+happen if we were over in Finland. There certainly must be a lot of
+hard luck there.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, Sam doesn&#8217;t know any better,&#8221; said Grant.
+&#8220;He&#8217;s ignorant and like all darkies is superstitious.
+Sailors are too, and as Sam is a combination of both he is worse than
+usual.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s made me feel sort of queer though,&#8221; said
+Fred. &#8220;Of course it&#8217;s silly and I suppose it&#8217;s partly
+because I&#8217;m nervous after fainting but I feel as if something was
+hanging over us.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t be foolish, Fred,&#8221; exclaimed Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll get over it all right,&#8221; said Fred lightly.
+&#8220;At the same time Sam&#8217;s talk has gotten me stirred up
+some.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Forget it,&#8221; urged Pop briefly. &#8220;Come on up on
+deck and see what&#8217;s going on.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think I&#8217;ll stay here in my bunk a little
+while,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;I haven&#8217;t quite recovered my
+nerve yet. You fellows go on up.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;We&#8217;ll see you
+later.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>They made their way up on deck and found that the <i>Josephine</i>
+was still at anchor and that the wind instead of changing was blowing
+in the same direction and seemed fresher than formerly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The Finn&#8217;s giving us head winds,&#8221; said Pop in a
+low voice to his companions.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s Petersen over there now,&#8221; remarked
+String. &#8220;He certainly looks harmless enough.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And I guess he is,&#8221; added Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Fred isn&#8217;t sure of it any more.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;ll feel differently about it when he has recovered
+from the shock he had,&#8221; said Grant confidently.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps,&#8221; String admitted doubtfully. &#8220;Fred gets
+queer notions though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s ask Captain Dodge about it,&#8221; exclaimed
+Grant. &#8220;There he is now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How&#8217;s the patient?&#8221; asked the captain cheerily as
+the boys approached.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;He finished all the soup
+that Sam brought him, I noticed. We were talking to Sam down in the
+cabin and he has gotten Fred excited.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What about?&#8221; demanded the captain curiously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He says there is a Jonah on board and that we&#8217;re going
+to have hard luck all through the voyage.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sounds just like Sam,&#8221; laughed the captain. &#8220;Who
+did he say the Jonah is?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Petersen, the man who went up the mast with Fred.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Because he&#8217;s a Finn?&#8221; asked Captain Dodge.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;What&#8217;s the matter with
+Finns anyway?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why,&#8221; said Captain Dodge, &#8220;there&#8217;s an old
+superstition among sailors that they bring bad luck. I had almost
+forgotten it, but as soon as you said that Sam suspected Petersen I
+remembered that he is a Finn and that Sam would probably believe in the
+old story.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I hope it&#8217;s not true,&#8221; said John Clemens.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess we needn&#8217;t worry about it,&#8221; said the
+captain, smiling. &#8220;It doesn&#8217;t bother me any but if you boys
+want to go ashore it isn&#8217;t too late yet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We don&#8217;t feel as bad about it as that,&#8221; laughed
+Grant. &#8220;I guess we&#8217;ll risk it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m all right anyway,&#8221; exclaimed Pop Sanders.
+&#8220;I&#8217;ve got my compass.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you think of him, captain?&#8221; exclaimed John.
+&#8220;He always carries a compass on a string around his
+neck.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s all right,&#8221; said Captain Dodge. &#8220;In
+case he is shipwrecked he can tell in which direction he is going
+anyway. Not that that knowledge would do him very much good.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And my diary,&#8221; added Pop. &#8220;Don&#8217;t forget
+that. I always carry a diary in my hip pocket with a little pencil in
+it so that I can jot things down just as soon as they happen or rather
+when I think to do it. You see when you have it with you you are more
+apt to keep it up to date.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A good idea,&#8221; said the captain warmly. &#8220;I see
+that you are a very methodical young man and probably I shall get you
+to keep the log for me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess you wouldn&#8217;t want me to do that,&#8221; laughed
+Pop. &#8220;I&#8217;m afraid it wouldn&#8217;t be done very
+well.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>All day long the boys lolled about on the deck. Fred had joined his
+companions and the four friends discussed what they should do when they
+arrived at Buenos Aires, the beautiful South American city of which
+they had heard so much. They talked of a sailor&#8217;s life and all
+its hardships and its pleasures. Like everything else it is a mixture
+of good and bad and too much of either is harmful anyway.</p>
+
+<p>After supper that evening the wind died down. The water became
+almost as quiet as a mill pond and more than one of the four friends
+whispered to his comrades that the Finn was at the bottom of it all.
+George Sanders mentioned this to Captain Dodge in a joking way but the
+captain only laughed and said, &#8220;Wait. Unless I am very much
+mistaken we&#8217;ll have a fine favoring wind inside of two
+hours.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>His prophecy was soon fulfilled too, for in a short time a damp
+night-breeze sprang up out of the west. Up came the anchor, the sails
+were set, and the <i>Josephine</i> slid ghost-like down through the
+narrows, around Sandy Hook and out into the open sea.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;re off, String,&#8221; exclaimed George Sanders
+joyously. The two boys were standing near the forward hatchway looking
+out across the black water. If Pop had known what awaited them perhaps
+he would not have been quite so light hearted.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_4'></a>CHAPTER IV<br /><span class='fss'>A
+CODE</span></h2>
+
+<p>The breeze held strongly and the <i>Josephine</i> made splendid
+progress. The life on shipboard had endless attractions for the four
+young boys. They learned the parts of the ship, the names of the sails
+and how to navigate. Sailors taught them to splice ropes and how to tie
+the hundred and one knots familiar to those who follow the sea. The
+weather was ideal and as everything went well, all on board were in
+excellent spirits.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess Sam was wrong about this hard luck business,&#8221;
+remarked John Clemens one day to Grant Jones. The two boys were
+standing near the bow of the brig, watching two of Mother Carey&#8217;s
+chickens, those friendly little birds that follow and play around boats
+even out in the middle of the ocean.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It certainly looks so, String,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;We
+can&#8217;t hold much against the Finn so far, can we?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should say not. Let&#8217;s hope it keeps up.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t see how it can,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;So
+far it has been almost too good to be true, and I don&#8217;t see how
+it can last.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think it will though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sam says not. He says that maybe we have escaped so far but
+he still insists we&#8217;re going to have something happen to us
+before we&#8217;re through.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s cheerful, isn&#8217;t he?&#8221; laughed John.
+&#8220;I&#8217;m not worrying though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mr. Johnson says that we&#8217;re almost bound to strike bad
+weather when we get into the gulf-stream.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why&#8217;s that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know except for what he said. He says that
+sometimes you can see the low banks of clouds over the gulf-stream and
+that you may run from a clear sky and light wind, with all sail, into a
+heavy sea and cloudy sky where you&#8217;ll need double
+reefs.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Isn&#8217;t that queer,&#8221; exclaimed John. &#8220;I
+wonder when we&#8217;ll reach it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Fairly soon, I should say,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;We must
+be getting pretty far south by now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We are. Captain Dodge told me we&#8217;d be in the West
+Indies before long.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wish we could stop.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You want to see everything,&#8221; laughed John.
+&#8220;We&#8217;re going to South America, aren&#8217;t we? What more
+do you want?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>At that moment Fred and George Sanders approached the two boys.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We ought to be Sons of Neptune in a few days,&#8221;
+exclaimed George gayly as he and Fred came up to the place where their
+two friends were standing.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you mean by that, Pop?&#8221; asked John
+curiously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Just what I say, String, my boy,&#8221; said George.
+&#8220;You don&#8217;t mean to tell me that you don&#8217;t know what a
+Son of Neptune is! Every man that sails any of the seven seas ought to
+know that.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t be funny, Pop,&#8221; warned John, assuming a
+threatening attitude. &#8220;Tell me what it means and be quick about
+it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You swear you don&#8217;t know?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You heard what I said, didn&#8217;t you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; grinned Pop, &#8220;but you know I don&#8217;t
+believe half what you say.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Throw him overboard, String,&#8221; urged Fred.
+&#8220;Don&#8217;t fool with him any longer.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s just about what I had decided to do,&#8221; said
+John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wait,&#8221; cried Pop, stepping forward and holding up his
+hand dramatically. &#8220;Spare my life and I will tell all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Be quick about it then,&#8221; warned John. &#8220;I
+shan&#8217;t fool with you much longer.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know it,&#8221; said Pop, pretending to be greatly alarmed.
+&#8220;I know it, String, and I must say I am awfully
+frightened.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>John stepped forward and raised his hands as if he was about to
+seize George W. Sanders by the neck. He had no opportunity to do so,
+however.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll tell. I&#8217;ll tell,&#8221; cried Pop
+quickly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll give you till I count three,&#8221; said John.
+&#8220;One, two&#8211;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A man becomes a Son of Neptune,&#8221; said George,
+&#8220;when he has crossed the equator on a boat. Now will you promise
+not to hurt me? Not that you could do it if you tried,&#8221; he added,
+but he muttered the words so softly to himself that no one else heard
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is that what a Son of Neptune is?&#8221; exclaimed John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, String, that&#8217;s what a Son of Neptune is,&#8221;
+said George, imitating as nearly as possible his friend&#8217;s tone of
+voice.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who told you?&#8221; demanded Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What has that got to do with it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who told you?&#8221; repeated Grant sharply.
+&#8220;We&#8217;ll have to take some of this freshness out of him
+pretty soon, String,&#8221; he added.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We surely will,&#8221; agreed John readily. &#8220;I&#8217;m
+ready at any time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The four friends loved to tease and banter one another and
+oftentimes an outsider might have thought from their conversation that
+they had lost their tempers. Such, however, was never the case. They
+knew one another too well and all had too much sense for any such
+foolishness. In particular they all liked to tease and threaten Pop
+Sanders, though in any contest of wits he usually held his own and the
+threats of his comrades had no effect upon him whatever.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;For the third and last time, who told you?&#8221; demanded
+Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Petersen told me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ve been talking to the Finn, have you?&#8221;
+exclaimed Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, and he&#8217;s a nice fellow, too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe you&#8217;ll get his hard luck away from him,&#8221;
+laughed Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess he&#8217;s had hard luck himself all right,&#8221;
+said Pop seriously. &#8220;That doesn&#8217;t mean he&#8217;ll give it
+to others though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What hard luck has he had?&#8221; asked John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, his father died when he was a baby and he was left with
+a big family of children to be brought up by his mother. She had no
+money and of course had an awfully hard time of it. Two of his sisters
+died of scarlet fever, a younger brother was drowned and finally his
+mother got pneumonia and she died. I call that pretty tough luck
+myself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So do I,&#8221; agreed Grant readily.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If Sam heard all those things he&#8217;d surely say it was
+because it was a family of Finns,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;He&#8217;d
+say they brought hard luck to one another.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He probably would,&#8221; laughed Pop. &#8220;Still I feel
+sorry for a fellow who has had all that trouble.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What did his father do?&#8221; asked John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He was a bad character principally, I guess,&#8221; said Pop.
+&#8220;He was also a sailor at times.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You must have had quite a long talk with Petersen,
+Pop,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;How did he happen to get so
+confidential?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know. We just got talking, that&#8217;s all,
+and the first thing I knew he began to tell me the story of his
+life.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;His father left the family no money, I imagine,&#8221; said
+Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Certainly not. He left debts. The only thing he left was a
+bad reputation and this thing which Petersen gave to me,&#8221; and as
+he spoke Pop reached in his hip pocket and brought out what appeared to
+be a dirty piece of old paper, folded up.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s that?&#8221; demanded Grant quickly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; said George. &#8220;See for
+yourself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He handed the object in question to Grant who straightway unfolded
+it and glanced at it eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s nothing but a lot of numbers,&#8221; he exclaimed
+disappointedly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know it,&#8221; said George. &#8220;Just a lot of old faded
+numbers written on a piece of parchment.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s it supposed to be?&#8221; asked John
+curiously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Petersen thinks it&#8217;s some sort of a code. Maybe it is
+but I think myself it is nothing at all, and that it might as well be
+thrown overboard.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What makes him think it&#8217;s a code?&#8221; said
+Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nothing much that I know of,&#8221; replied Pop. &#8220;He
+said it was found sewed inside the lining of a coat his father used to
+have and so he thought it must be valuable. He said that the neighbors
+used to tell some kind of weird stories about his father having been
+connected with buried treasure or something like that, and he is sure
+this has something to do with it. Personally I think he is mistaken
+about it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If he thinks it so valuable why did he give it to you?&#8221;
+demanded Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He didn&#8217;t really give it to me to keep. He wanted me to
+try and decipher the code and tell him what it says.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Did you do it?&#8221; laughed John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, you Son of Neptune,&#8221; exclaimed George. &#8220;I did
+not. I offered to read the numbers to him, but he said he could do that
+much himself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where&#8217;s this treasure buried?&#8221; asked Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s just what Petersen wants to find out,&#8221;
+said Pop. &#8220;That certainly was an awfully smart question to ask,
+Fred.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I thought he might know the island or whatever it is where
+the stuff is supposed to be buried, but not the exact location of the
+jewels on the island.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How do you know it&#8217;s jewels?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It always is, isn&#8217;t it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know anything about it,&#8221; said Pop.
+&#8220;For all we know Petersen may be playing a joke on us.
+We&#8217;re all landlubbers of course and the crew might have decided
+to initiate us a little.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps,&#8221; agreed John. &#8220;The parchment looks old
+though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What are the numbers, Grant?&#8221; asked Fred. &#8220;Read
+them out.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Twenty,&#8221; began Grant when he was interrupted.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Add &#8217;em up, you fellows,&#8221; laughed George.
+&#8220;The total tells how old Anne is.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let him read them, Pop,&#8221; urged John. &#8220;Give him a
+chance.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Twenty, one, eleven, five, one, three, fifteen, twenty-one,
+eighteen, nineteen, five.&#8221; Grant paused. &#8220;That&#8217;s a
+funny thing&#8221; he said. &#8220;Every number is distinctly separated
+from the next one. It certainly seems as if it must mean
+something.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right, I&#8217;ll tell Petersen that you are going to
+solve the mystery, Socrates, my boy,&#8221; laughed Pop. &#8220;Shall
+I?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Before Grant could answer there was a shout. A few sharp orders were
+given and immediately everything on board the <i>Josephine</i> was
+bustle and hurry. The crew came rushing out on deck, and scattered
+hither and thither all over the brig in obedience to the orders that
+were being given so rapidly. An anxious look was on the faces of all
+the men.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_5'></a>CHAPTER V<br /><span class='fss'>A TROPICAL
+STORM</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s all this?&#8221; exclaimed Grant, startled by
+the sudden change that had come over the boat.</p>
+
+<p>The four boys looked about them in surprise, unable to account for
+the transformation. Petersen was forgotten; jewels and treasure were
+forgotten; even the strange code was forgotten and Grant
+absent-mindedly thrust it into his trouser&#8217;s pocket.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it, do you suppose?&#8221; he exclaimed again.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look over there and you&#8217;ll see,&#8221; said Fred.</p>
+
+<p>He pointed to the westward and as his three friends gazed in the
+direction he had indicated they soon saw the cause of all the
+commotion. Far off on the western horizon appeared a cloud. That in
+itself was no special reason for alarm, but it was a very peculiar
+looking cloud. It was grayish-black in color and shaped like a funnel.
+Long ragged strips had separated themselves from the main body and hung
+like long wisps from the sky.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you think it&#8217;s a tornado?&#8221; exclaimed John, in
+a low voice.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know, String,&#8221; said Pop. &#8220;It looks
+bad though, doesn&#8217;t it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It does to me all right,&#8221; said Fred grimly. &#8220;The
+captain must think it is pretty serious too from all the preparations
+that are being made.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They&#8217;re taking in some of the sails,&#8221; remarked
+Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m glad of that,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;When
+that storm hits us I don&#8217;t want any more canvas spread than is
+necessary.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps it won&#8217;t hit us,&#8221; said George
+hopefully.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re an optimist, Pop, I&#8217;m afraid,&#8221; said
+Fred. &#8220;I think it&#8217;ll hit us all right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The breeze is going down,&#8221; said John suddenly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It surely is,&#8221; agreed Grant. &#8220;The lull before the
+storm.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look at that cloud now,&#8221; exclaimed Fred.
+&#8220;It&#8217;s spreading all over the sky and see how fast it is
+going. It&#8217;ll be dark in a few minutes.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why don&#8217;t they take the rest of the sails in?&#8221;
+demanded John nervously. &#8220;I must say I don&#8217;t like
+this.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They&#8217;ve taken in the topsails and the mizzen,&#8221;
+said Grant. &#8220;That&#8217;s a big part.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>A lull had now come over the crew and the four young friends were
+unconsciously affected by it. Now there was not a breath of air
+stirring; the sails hung heavy and motionless from the yards. Blacker
+and blacker grew the sky; the stillness all about became appalling. No
+one spoke a word, but every one stood around as though waiting for
+something serious to happen. The crew was gathered about the forward
+hatchway silently watching the approach of the storm.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Johnson, the mate, went forward and gave some order in a low
+tone. More sails were taken in, all in a solemn and quiet manner. The
+brig now lay motionless on the water while an uneasy expectation of
+something threatening seemed to hang overhead. The suspense was
+terrible. Captain Dodge paced silently up and down the deck but he
+spoke to no one and no one spoke to him. It was now so dark it was
+almost impossible to see the length of the ship.</p>
+
+<p>Again Mr. Johnson came forward and gave another low-voiced command.
+Two sailors, one of whom was Petersen, started up the mast to clew down
+the main top-gallant sail. They had just reached the fore-top-gallant
+yard when a strange thing happened.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look,&#8221; cried John, in an awe struck voice.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is that?&#8221; demanded Fred in a frightened
+whisper.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A corposant,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;I&#8217;ve read about
+them.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Over and directly above the heads of the two sailors appeared a
+light. It was in the shape of a ball and hung to the very top of the
+mast.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s a corposant?&#8221; whispered John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; replied Grant, &#8220;except that
+that&#8217;s what they call a ball of light like that one. If it goes
+up it&#8217;s supposed to be good luck, but if it comes down it&#8217;s
+bad.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wish Petersen wasn&#8217;t up there,&#8221; muttered
+Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t be silly, Fred,&#8221; exclaimed Grant sharply.
+The tension was affecting every one&#8217;s nerves. It was almost pitch
+dark on the <i>Josephine</i> now.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t help it,&#8221; insisted Fred. &#8220;I wish it
+was some one else up there.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s gone,&#8221; remarked John suddenly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, it isn&#8217;t,&#8221; George corrected. &#8220;There it
+is, down on the yard.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It came down then,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;I knew it
+would.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t blame Petersen,&#8221; exclaimed Grant.
+&#8220;It&#8217;s not his fault.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The two sailors had climbed down quickly after their task was
+completed and now joined the rest of the crew. All together they stood
+and watched the strange light until after playing about the mast for
+some ten minutes or so it disappeared as suddenly as it had come.</p>
+
+<p>Somebody passed the spot where the four boys stood. It was too dark
+to make out who it was but the young sailors could hear him moaning and
+groaning to himself. &#8220;Dat Finn,&#8221; he groaned. &#8220;Oh,
+Lawdy, dat Finn. Ah knowed it all de time. We sho&#8217; is goners
+now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There goes Sam,&#8221; whispered Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let him go,&#8221; said Grant shortly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Here comes the rain,&#8221; exclaimed John suddenly.</p>
+
+<p>A few huge drops fell upon the deck and at the same time the
+darkness seemed to grow even deeper than before.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s thunder too,&#8221; said George. A few low
+rumbles were heard, while off to the southwest appeared some random
+flashes of lightning.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where&#8217;s the storm?&#8221; demanded Fred. &#8220;So far
+nothing has happened. This stillness and darkness are getting on my
+nerves.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wait,&#8221; counseled Grant, and scarcely had he spoken when
+there was a blinding flash of light. Almost at the same instant came a
+deafening peal of thunder. The sky directly overhead seemed to open up
+and down came the water in torrents.</p>
+
+<p>Unconsciously the four boys drew closer together, so startled were
+they by this unexpected happening. It seemed as if the brig must have
+been struck but evidently it had escaped, for a second later there was
+another flash and report and the bare masts could be seen outlined
+against the inky sky.</p>
+
+<p>Flash followed flash in quick succession. The whole ocean was
+lighted up by the constant blaze of light. Peal after peal rattled
+overhead with a noise so violent that it seemed as if the whole earth
+must be shaken. After a few moments the deluge of rain abated but the
+thunder and the lightning continued incessantly. So far there had not
+been a breath of air stirring; the <i>Josephine</i> lay motionless on
+the surface of the ocean and seemed to the people on board of her an
+excellent and easy target for the fury of the elements.</p>
+
+<p>Several times one of the boys started to speak but his words were
+lost in the roar of the storm. They were almost blinded by the
+lightning but no one thought of going below. This was their first
+experience in a tropical storm and they were frightened. They would not
+have been ashamed to admit it either. They did not care to go to their
+bunks, for every one wanted to be on deck where he could see what was
+going on.</p>
+
+<p>The lightning played all about the ship and it seemed a miracle that
+she was not hit. It seemed to run up and down the masts, across the
+yards and over the anchors, but thus far the <i>Josephine</i> had
+escaped. All this time there had been no wind; the brig lay motionless
+and powerless to move.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly there was a blinding flash and a ripping, tearing sound
+accompanied by the smell of burnt wood. So severe had been the blaze of
+light that every one was temporarily blinded by it and for a few
+seconds everything looked red. A moment later, however, when the crew
+had recovered somewhat from the shock a great shouting and running to
+and fro began.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;re hit,&#8221; cried Grant, the first to regain his
+senses.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The ship&#8217;s on fire,&#8221; shouted Fred excitedly.</p>
+
+<p>As he spoke a few red tongues of flame appeared from the hatch.
+Orders were instantly given and a brigade to fight the fire was formed
+almost at once. It was difficult work, however, for the night was so
+dark that it was nearly impossible to see one&#8217;s way around the
+deck. The flashes of lightning were about the only help afforded to the
+emergency firemen.</p>
+
+<p>The four young friends were among the first to join in this work.
+Buckets were passed from hand to hand and the men worked feverishly. No
+one shirked for an instant and in fact no one dared to do so, for
+without their ship the men were nearly helpless, left to the mercy of
+the ocean.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The wind&#8217;s coming up,&#8221; exclaimed Grant
+suddenly.</p>
+
+<p>What he said was true. It was also raining hard once more, though
+the thunder and lightning had somewhat abated.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The wind means our finish,&#8221; said Fred grimly.
+&#8220;We&#8217;ll never stop this fire now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We must,&#8221; cried John doggedly. &#8220;We&#8217;re lost
+if we don&#8217;t.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Every one redoubled his efforts but the fire gained steadily. Higher
+and higher leaped the flames and farther and farther astern they crept.
+The crew worked like demons but their task was hopeless. The fire was
+too mighty for them and it was soon evident to every one on board that
+the <i>Josephine</i> was a doomed ship.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_6'></a>CHAPTER VI<br /><span
+class='fss'>ADRIFT</span></h2>
+
+<p>Captain Dodge stood near by urging on his men. Nor did he shirk any
+of the work himself. He fought the flames with all the fury of a
+determined man, but it soon became plain that it was an unequal
+struggle and that the <i>Josephine</i> would never reach Buenos Aires
+or any other port for that matter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Man the boats!&#8221; shouted the captain.</p>
+
+<p>The lifeboats were loosened on the davits and made ready to launch.
+A stock of provisions was placed on board of every one of them and
+preparations were made to embark. The four Go Ahead boys were assigned
+to one boat, together with Sam the cook and Petersen the Finn
+sailor.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;ll never do,&#8221; said John in a low voice to
+Grant. &#8220;Sam and Petersen in the same boat are bound to have
+trouble.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m afraid so myself, String,&#8221; said Grant,
+&#8220;but what can we do? Captain Dodge gave the orders and we must do
+as he says.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wouldn&#8217;t he change them?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He might, of course, but I&#8217;m not going to ask him
+to.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No,&#8221; said John ruefully, &#8220;I don&#8217;t suppose
+we could do that. I guess we&#8217;ll have to put up with
+it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The wind had been steadily increasing in violence since the fire
+started and now was blowing almost a gale. It whipped the waves into
+foam and whistled and shrieked through the rigging. The fire, fanned by
+the breeze, now roared menacingly while its volume increased steadily.
+It was only too evident that it would be impossible to remain on board
+the <i>Josephine</i> many moments more.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;d better get away from here,&#8221; said Fred
+nervously, as he watched the mass of flame and smoke which now
+enveloped the whole forward part of the ship.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When we do leave we won&#8217;t be much better off,&#8221;
+said Pop gloomily.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Just the same I&#8217;d rather take my chances with the ocean
+than with this fire,&#8221; exclaimed Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where are we going!&#8221; demanded John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How do I know!&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;We must leave,
+that&#8217;s sure. What we are to do after we leave is another
+matter.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stand by to lower away!&#8221; came the order.</p>
+
+<p>The four boys sprang to their positions. Petersen and Sam joined
+them a moment later. The negro cook was half-crazed with fear and still
+kept mumbling to himself, &#8220;Dat Finn, dat Finn.&#8221; Undoubtedly
+he did not understand that Petersen was to go on the same boat with him
+or he would not have consented to step aboard. Now, in the darkness it
+was almost impossible to recognize anybody and Sam probably had no idea
+who any of his companions were to be.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Lower away.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The boats descended rapidly and soon rested upon the water where
+they danced and bobbed about like corks on the angry waves.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Get aboard, Sam,&#8221; urged Grant.</p>
+
+<p>Making no objection, the negro quickly lowered himself into the
+waiting boat. Fred, John, Grant and George followed in order, leaving
+only Petersen on board the brig. He stood with the painter in his hand,
+awaiting the word to leave.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Unship your oars,&#8221; he called.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; answered Grant.</p>
+
+<p>There were two pairs of oars in the boat and every one of the four
+boys took charge of one of them. Sam cowered in the bow of the boat
+shuddering and still murmuring over and over again, &#8220;Dat Finn,
+dat Finn.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>At the sound of Petersen&#8217;s voice from the deck above, however,
+he half raised himself. &#8220;Who dat talkin&#8217;?&#8221; he
+demanded.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;One of the sailors,&#8221; said Grant carelessly, knowing
+what was passing in the black man&#8217;s mind.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dat Petersen,&#8221; said Sam. &#8220;Am he comin&#8217; on
+dis heah boat?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; Grant answered evasively.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He bettah not. He bettah not,&#8221; said Sam fiercely.
+&#8220;We&#8217;s had enough hard luck on account ob dat man
+already.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It wasn&#8217;t his fault,&#8221; said Grant trying to quiet
+the excited negro.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It was! It was!&#8221; Sam fairly shouted, at the same time
+trying to stand up in the skiff.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sit down, Sam,&#8221; ordered Fred sharply.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah won&#8217;t sit down,&#8221; the cook cried menacingly.
+&#8220;Ah won&#8217;t do nothin&#8217; if dat Finn am gwine git in dis
+heah boat. Ah tells yo&#8217; all we&#8217;s had enough hard luck on
+account of dat man.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ll sit down or get out of the boat,&#8221; said
+Grant threateningly. &#8220;We won&#8217;t take any fooling here
+either.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Sam subsided, but he still mumbled to himself incessantly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right, get aboard,&#8221; John called to Petersen, though
+he took care not to call him by name.</p>
+
+<p>Petersen threw the painter and jumped into the stern of the
+life-boat. The four oarsmen dug their blades into the water and the
+little craft shot forward. The other boats had also left and the
+<i>Josephine</i> was now a blazing mass of wood. Sparks shot high into
+the air and in all directions only to fall with a hiss into the angry
+waters of the sea. The roar of the flames could be heard even above the
+noise of the storm which seemed to be increasing in intensity.</p>
+
+<p>The four boys rowed a couple of hundred yards away from the burning
+brig and then rested on their oars and watched the destruction of the
+ship on which they had expected to go to South America. She was
+entirely enveloped in flames now and presented a wonderful but terrible
+sight as she was rapidly being devoured by the hungry fire.</p>
+
+<p>All the occupants but one of the boat watched the fire. That one was
+Sam. He still remained huddled in the bow and never once did he look
+back. He moaned and groaned and raved until the rest of the party began
+to think that perhaps he was losing his mind.</p>
+
+<p>Farther and farther from the burning ship drifted the tiny boat. All
+that the crew of it could do was to keep the stern straight into the
+waves and straighten her out when a great roller sent them flying.
+Lower and lower appeared the hull of the <i>Josephine</i>, when an
+occasional glimpse could be had of her from the crest of some huge
+wave. At length she disappeared, entirely burned to the water&#8217;s
+edge, and thus came the end of another brave ship. One more was added
+to the great ocean graveyard, already thick with the bones of many a
+gallant merchantman.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;She&#8217;s gone,&#8221; said George soberly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; said John, &#8220;and what&#8217;s going to
+happen to us?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We may be picked up,&#8221; exclaimed Fred hopefully.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And we may not,&#8221; added Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you know where we are?&#8221; he asked of Petersen.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve no idea,&#8221; was the answer. &#8220;Somewhere
+near the West Indies, or maybe we&#8217;re right in them now for all I
+know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then we&#8217;ll soon find land,&#8221; said Fred as
+cheerfully as was possible under the circumstances.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I hope it isn&#8217;t the land that&#8217;s at the bottom of
+the ocean,&#8221; said George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t be so pessimistic, Pop,&#8221; urged Fred.
+&#8220;What&#8217;s the matter with you lately?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nothing. We&#8217;re in a bad fix, that&#8217;s
+all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look out for this wave!&#8221; warned Grant suddenly as a
+great mountain of water loomed up behind them.</p>
+
+<p>The little boat was driven along at the speed of a race horse for
+many, many yards, but fortunately she remained right side up. The four
+boys managed their oars skillfully and Petersen steered marvelously.
+Now and then some water was shipped but aside from that no harm came to
+them.</p>
+
+<p>Gradually the wind died down and the storm abated. Night had now
+come upon them, however, and they were in a sorry plight.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where are the other boats?&#8221; asked Grant when an hour of
+silence had elapsed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve no idea,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;Has any one seen
+them?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>No one had. At least every one denied it but Sam, and as he had not
+once looked around him there was no chance that he had seen anything.
+Now he was asleep. He had made no move to help in any way and seemed to
+take it for granted that the others would look after him. His last
+words before he had closed his eyes were, &#8220;Dat Finn.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ve got some provisions, anyway,&#8221; said
+John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; agreed George, &#8220;but how long do you think
+they&#8217;ll last?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Plenty long enough to keep us going until we are picked
+up.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t be so sure of that,&#8221; George advised.
+&#8220;At any rate, we have no water, and that&#8217;s even more
+important than food.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, we have, too, Pop,&#8221; corrected Fred.
+&#8220;It&#8217;s right under my feet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, salt water, though,&#8221; grumbled George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not at all. There&#8217;s a cask of fresh water right here in
+the bottom of the boat.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Give me some, then,&#8221; exclaimed George eagerly.
+&#8220;I&#8217;m half dead with thirst as it is now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t drink it now, Pop,&#8221; urged Grant. &#8220;We
+may be hard pressed for water, as you say, and I think we&#8217;d all
+better wait till morning. Then we can take stock of just what we have
+here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right, Grant,&#8221; agreed John heartily.
+&#8220;Don&#8217;t you think so, too, Petersen?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I do. We can surely get along without food and water until
+light comes, but in a day or so we may need it very badly.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You think we&#8217;ll be out here that long?&#8221; demanded
+Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know. Still you never can tell, and it&#8217;s
+always well to be prepared.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re right,&#8221; acknowledged George. &#8220;At any
+rate, I don&#8217;t want any water.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>It was a characteristic of these four boys that they were usually
+cheerful under any and all conditions. No matter how hard a thing might
+be, they bore it willingly if it was necessary. They made complaints if
+they thought it was unnecessary, but when they knew it was the only
+thing to be done they never raised a murmur. No sportsman ever
+complains of a thing that is fair, and what is best for the most people
+is always fair.</p>
+
+<p>Hour after hour dragged by. To the little band on board the
+life-boat it seemed as if morning would never come. The storm had
+passed, but the water was still rough and the night still inky dark.
+Now and again the boys dozed off and caught a few winks of sleep. No
+attempt to row had been made for several hours. Petersen steered the
+boat and was the only one who did not rest. Incessantly through the
+long night he guided the little craft and watched over the safety of
+those on board.</p>
+
+<p>At last morning came. The first faint streaks of light thrust their
+rosy fingers up over the eastern horizon and soon the whole sky was
+covered with an orange glow. Little by little the faint outlines of the
+occupants of the life boat became visible. What a sorry looking crew it
+was, too. Disheveled, dirty and unkempt, they plainly showed the
+effects of their harrowing experience.</p>
+
+<p>As the light crept over the ocean it showed some of the party
+asleep. The others were haggard and worn looking and seemed to have but
+small concern as to what happened to them. They lolled on the cross
+seats in a listless way, not at all interested in the beautiful
+sunrise. They were more concerned in their own welfare than in the
+beauties of Nature.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, hum,&#8221; yawned Sam, raising himself from the position
+in which he had lain all night. &#8220;We sho&#8217; has had a powerful
+lot of hard&#8211;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He caught sight of Petersen and suddenly ceased talking. A change
+came over his face as he recognized the man to whom he charged the hard
+luck that had overtaken them. Hate spread itself over the features of
+the superstitious negro and his breath came in short gasps as if some
+one was choking him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dar yo&#8217; are!&#8221; he exclaimed fiercely. &#8220;Dar
+yo&#8217; are, yo&#8217; hard luck Finn. I&#8217;ll fix
+yo&#8217;,&#8221; and he started to make his way towards the stern of
+the boat to the spot where his enemy was seated.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_7'></a>CHAPTER VII<br /><span class='fss'>A DESPERATE
+STRUGGLE</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sit down, Sam! Sit down!&#8221; cried Fred, who was placed
+nearest him. &#8220;What&#8217;s the matter with you? Are you
+crazy?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Sam, however, made no answer. He strode forward toward the object of
+his hatred, paying no attention to Fred&#8217;s words and showing an
+absolute disregard of the danger of falling overboard. Fortunately in
+this peril the boat was heavy and very steady.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Get back there!&#8221; cried Fred in alarm, trying to grab
+Sam&#8217;s arm.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Lemme go,&#8221; said Sam roughly, knocking Fred&#8217;s hand
+aside.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Grab him, John. Grab him,&#8221; shouted Fred as the excited
+negro made his way past the seat where he was located.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Lemme go,&#8221; said Sam darkly, and seeing the look on his
+face John drew back instinctively.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hold him, Grant! Grab him, Pop!&#8221; shrieked Fred, at the
+same time rising to his feet and attempting to catch Sam from
+behind.</p>
+
+<p>He was too late, however. Sam, seeing that he might be balked in his
+purpose, took no more chances. He made one flying leap almost over the
+heads of Grant and George, who were waiting to seize him. This was done
+so unexpectedly that the two boys were taken by surprise, and though
+they tried to do as Fred had begged them, they were unsuccessful. Sam
+tripped and fell forward, but when he landed he fell squarely on top of
+his enemy.</p>
+
+<p>The boat rocked dangerously. Fred was thrown from his feet and fell
+headlong to the bottom of the boat. In falling his head struck one of
+the thwarts, so stunning him that he was unable to move.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Separate &#8217;em, Grant!&#8221; cried John. &#8220;Stop
+that fight!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Grant threw himself upon the contestants and tried to pinion
+Sam&#8217;s arms behind his back. The negro and the sailor were both
+powerful men, however, and Grant was thrown violently backward as
+though he had been a mere fly. George caught him just in time to
+prevent his going overboard.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t stop them,&#8221; he gasped.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hit him on the head,&#8221; cried John. &#8220;Do anything.
+Make &#8217;em stop. Here, let me get down there,&#8221; he begged.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sit down,&#8221; shouted George. &#8220;Sit down, John, or
+you&#8217;ll have us all upset.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, I won&#8217;t, either. Let me get by.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sit down, String,&#8221; begged Grant. &#8220;Keep your
+seat.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Take this oar, then,&#8221; cried John. &#8220;Hit that coon
+on the head with it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s too big,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;Give me
+something smaller and I&#8217;ll hit him all right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The two men in the stern of the boat were locked in each
+other&#8217;s embrace. Sam had had the advantage, for he had landed on
+top of his adversary. Petersen, however, had muscles of steel, hardened
+by years of service and labor on shipboard. He tried to grab the black
+man by the throat. The two slipped to the bottom of the boat, where
+they struggled for the mastery until the veins stood out on their
+temples and the sweat rolled from them in streams. Their breath came in
+gasps. It was a strange sight that the early tropical sun looked down
+upon.</p>
+
+<p>They wrestled and writhed about on the bottom of the boat, first one
+on top and then the other. It seemed miraculous that they did not go
+overboard. The space in which they struggled was so limited that it was
+next to impossible for any one of the boys to get himself in a position
+to separate the fighters. Several times Grant tried, but he was always
+driven back, and after several narrow escapes from falling into the
+water he gave up the attempt. Fred still lay quietly in the bow, too
+dazed to be of assistance.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We must stop this,&#8221; cried John. &#8220;They&#8217;ll
+kill each other.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know it, String,&#8221; agreed Grant, &#8220;but what can
+we do?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hit Sam over the head. He&#8217;s the one that started
+it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t get to his head. His feet are pointed this way
+and every time I try I get a few swift kicks and nothing
+more.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But we must do something to stop them,&#8221; urged
+George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right, Pop,&#8221; said Grant grimly. &#8220;You suggest
+something.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Isn&#8217;t there a club in the boat?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t see any.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Throw water on them.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We might do that,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;Hand me that
+canvas bucket, String.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Grant filled it to the brim with water and then soused it as nearly
+as he could into the faces of the fighters. The only effect it seemed
+to have was to revive them both and the struggle was continued with
+renewed fury.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That won&#8217;t do,&#8221; cried Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It seems to be a question of who will weaken first,&#8221;
+remarked John, grimly. &#8220;I guess we&#8217;ll have to sit and watch
+until that time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not at all,&#8221; exclaimed George. &#8220;I say we all pile
+on and make them quit.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And all go overboard if we try that,&#8221; said Grant.
+&#8220;You forget that we&#8217;re in a boat, Pop.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let me up there, then,&#8221; urged George. &#8220;I&#8217;m
+sure I can end the fight.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Grant gave way to his comrade, only too willing to let some one else
+try his hand at the problem. They changed places carefully and George
+prepared to put his plan into execution.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You better stay here beside me, Grant,&#8221; he exclaimed
+suddenly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What for?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll each grab a foot and pull for all we&#8217;re
+worth.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What good will that do?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If we can pull one of them away it ought to stop the fight,
+oughtn&#8217;t it? A man can&#8217;t fight with himself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; agreed Grant. &#8220;We&#8217;ll see what
+we can do, anyway.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Be careful now,&#8221; advised George as Grant took his place
+beside him. &#8220;This is pretty ticklish business.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The two boys knelt side by side on one of the seats. They leaned
+forward, eagerly waiting for a chance to seize the infuriated negro by
+his feet. This was no easy task, however, for his feet flew in all
+directions and kicked viciously backward, so that a few bruises were
+the sole results of the first attempts of the two boys.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hit him on the shins,&#8221; advised John.
+&#8220;That&#8217;ll fix him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll try this first,&#8221; said Grant doggedly. His
+knuckles were bleeding and his forearms were sore from the treatment he
+had received from Sam&#8217;s boots. The pain made him angry and more
+determined than ever to accomplish his purpose.</p>
+
+<p>The fight was now desperate, even more so than before. No human
+beings could continue at such a killing pace for long, however. Sam
+still had the advantage which he had held from the beginning. His great
+powerful hands were now feeling for Petersen&#8217;s throat, and from
+the expression in the Finn&#8217;s eyes it was evident that he could
+not hold out much longer. Help must come to him and come quickly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve got him,&#8221; cried Grant suddenly as he caught
+hold of one of Sam&#8217;s feet. &#8220;Grab the other one, Pop.
+Quick.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>George grabbed all right, and held on, too. He received a blow over
+an eye which opened up an ugly cut, but still he hung on
+desperately.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now, pull!&#8221; shouted John. &#8220;Pull with all your
+might!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Both boys exerted themselves to the utmost. They braced themselves
+and pulled with all the strength that was in them. It was difficult for
+them even to hang on, however, for Sam struggled desperately and the
+two boys were thrown all about. Still they retained their hold.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ve got him,&#8221; encouraged John. &#8220;Hold
+him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly Sam doubled up his legs, drawing both Grant and George
+forward, almost on their faces. Then quick as a flash he shot out with
+both feet, striking the two boys each full in the chest. Their grip was
+torn loose and they were sent sprawling backward, over the seat onto
+John, who too was bowled over so that all four boys lay in a heap on
+the bottom of the boat.</p>
+
+<p>Grant was the first to regain his senses, and a strange sight
+greeted his eyes. Sam and Petersen were now on their feet, still locked
+in each other&#8217;s arms. Suddenly the Finn wrenched an arm free and
+drawing back struck the negro a stunning blow squarely between the
+eyes. Sam&#8217;s arms half dropped to his sides and he reeled
+drunkenly. Then quick as a flash he once more seized his enemy in his
+embrace and a moment later the two men went overboard.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_8'></a>CHAPTER VIII<br /><span class='fss'>A SORRY
+PLIGHT</span></h2>
+
+<p>There was a great splash. The sturdy life-boat rocked dangerously
+and then all was still.</p>
+
+<p>John and George had now lifted themselves from their fallen position
+and all three boys peered eagerly about.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where are they? What happened?&#8221; demanded John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They went overboard,&#8221; exclaimed Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But where are they?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There they are, over there,&#8221; cried George. &#8220;Get
+out the oars.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>A dark head appeared for an instant and then sank beneath the
+surface of the water once more.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s Sam,&#8221; cried John excitedly. &#8220;Swing
+the boat around.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m doing my best,&#8221; panted George as he dipped
+one oar deep into the water and pulled with all his might. In response
+to his efforts the boat came around until it was directly over the spot
+where Sam&#8217;s head had appeared. John and Grant hung over the sides
+ready to seize the negro the moment he was seen again.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There he is,&#8221; cried Grant suddenly, and he made a lunge
+at Sam, who had come to the surface for the second time.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Get him?&#8221; demanded John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes. Help me, somebody!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>John sprang to his assistance and a moment later the two boys
+dragged the half-drowned negro over the side into the boat.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where&#8217;s Petersen?&#8221; demanded Grant, loosing his
+hold on Sam and allowing him to sink to the bottom of the boat.
+&#8220;Have you seen him, Pop?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No,&#8221; said George, &#8220;I haven&#8217;t. I&#8217;ve
+looked everywhere for him, too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Fred had now recovered somewhat from the blow he had received and he
+joined the others in their search for the missing sailor. The four boys
+stood up in the boat and peered about them anxiously in every
+direction.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are you sure he didn&#8217;t come up, Pop?&#8221; asked
+Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I told you I&#8217;ve been looking for him,&#8221; said
+George. &#8220;I haven&#8217;t seen him at all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But he must have come up,&#8221; protested John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe he did,&#8221; acknowledged George. &#8220;I
+don&#8217;t believe it, though, for I&#8217;ve certainly been on the
+lookout.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What shall we do?&#8221; demanded John in dismay.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What can we do?&#8221; said George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But he&#8217;ll drown.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He probably has already,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;Think how
+long he&#8217;s been under.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And you mean to say we&#8217;ll never even find his
+body?&#8221; said John, almost unnerved by the sudden catastrophe.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;re going to look, anyway,&#8221; said Grant
+decidedly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Suppose we row around in a circle for a while,&#8221; Fred
+suggested.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We can try at least,&#8221; said Grant, and fitting the oars
+into the oarlocks the four boys rowed slowly about, all the time
+keeping a sharp lookout in all directions. Meanwhile Sam lay motionless
+on the bottom of the boat. For at least half an hour the search was
+continued, but not one glimpse of the missing Petersen did they
+secure.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m afraid it&#8217;s no use,&#8221; exclaimed Grant at
+last.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess not,&#8221; agreed John. &#8220;It wouldn&#8217;t do
+us any good if we did find him now. He&#8217;s surely drowned by this
+time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No doubt of it,&#8221; said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And there&#8217;s the fellow who did it,&#8221; exclaimed
+George, pointing to Sam, who still lay huddled in a heap in the stern.
+No one had paid the slightest attention to the negro since he had been
+hauled aboard. He was exhausted, but in no danger, as could be plainly
+seen from his regular and heavy breathing.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We ought to throw him overboard, too,&#8221; said John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s not entirely to blame,&#8221; said Grant.
+&#8220;He&#8217;s ignorant and superstitious and doesn&#8217;t know any
+better, but we do, and we must act accordingly.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He committed a crime, though,&#8221; said John, &#8220;and we
+ought to hand him over to the authorities.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What authorities?&#8221; said Grant with a grim smile.
+&#8220;Just look around you. There isn&#8217;t even a boat or a bit of
+land in sight, let alone authorities.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then we ought to punish him ourselves,&#8221; insisted
+John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who are we to do a thing like that!&#8221; said George.
+&#8220;We&#8217;ve no right to take the law into our own
+hands.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>At this moment Sam stirred and finally sat up. He was soaking wet
+still and very weak. He blinked at the sun, which was now shining
+brightly, and looked dazedly about him. The four boys watched him in
+silence.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where is I?&#8221; demanded Sam at length.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where do you think you are?&#8221; exclaimed John.
+&#8220;You&#8217;re in a boat.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;De <i>Josephine</i>,&#8221; muttered Sam. &#8220;Where am de
+<i>Josephine</i>?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;As though you didn&#8217;t know,&#8221; said John scornfully.
+&#8220;You needn&#8217;t try to bluff us.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What dat?&#8221; said Sam in a puzzled way. &#8220;What dat
+you say?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I said you knew just as well as we do where the
+<i>Josephine</i> is,&#8221; said John, &#8220;and that you
+needn&#8217;t try to bluff us, either.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The black man looked straight at John as though he did not
+understand a word that was said to him. His face was an absolute blank
+and if he was acting, he certainly did it well. He glanced down at his
+clothes.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah&#8217;s all wet,&#8221; he murmured to himself.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I suppose you don&#8217;t remember jumping into this boat and
+being out here all night,&#8221; exclaimed John skeptically, though he
+was nettled by Sam&#8217;s appearance of innocence.</p>
+
+<p>Sam merely looked at him and shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How about your fight with&#8211;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Keep quiet, John,&#8221; said Grant sharply.
+&#8220;Don&#8217;t mention that yet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What dat?&#8221; asked Sam, looking curiously from one boy to
+the other.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nothing, Sam,&#8221; said Grant quickly. &#8220;Don&#8217;t
+you remember the fire?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;De fire?&#8221; said Sam, completely mystified.
+&#8220;Wha&#8217; fire?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On the <i>Josephine</i>,&#8221; exclaimed John.
+&#8220;Don&#8217;t you know that she burned to the water&#8217;s
+edge?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah does remember dat fire now,&#8221; said Sam eagerly, a
+gleam of understanding showing in his face. &#8220;She done come out ob
+de hatchway, didn&#8217;t she?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It did,&#8221; agreed Grant. &#8220;After that don&#8217;t
+you remember how we all jumped into the boats and rowed away?
+Don&#8217;t you remember that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8217;Deed Ah don&#8217;t,&#8221; said Sam. &#8220;Ah don&#8217;t
+remembah a thing about dat ar.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are you sure?&#8221; demanded John sharply.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sho&#8217; Ah is,&#8221; exclaimed Sam sincerely. It did not
+seem to the four boys that he could be fooling, his manner seemed so
+earnest.</p>
+
+<p>For some moments no one on the little boat spoke a word. The boys
+sat and looked at Sam, and he sat and looked at them and at the boat
+and the boundless ocean stretching on every side as far as the eye
+could see. Not a sign of life could be seen on it anywhere. There was
+no trace of the other boats that had set out from the burning brig and
+it was impossible to conjecture what had happened to them.</p>
+
+<p>Finally Sam sighed deeply and he sank back against the stern of the
+boat as though he was exhausted. His eyes half closed and he yawned
+sleepily.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah&#8217;s tired,&#8221; he murmured, and straightway fell
+asleep once more.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you think of it?&#8221; demanded John a moment
+later.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Think of what?&#8221; asked Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you think that Sam really doesn&#8217;t remember all that
+happened?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s possible, all right,&#8221; said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But how could it be?&#8221; John insisted.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I&#8217;ll tell you,&#8221; explained Grant. &#8220;Sam
+was scared to death in that storm; you all know that. He was moaning
+and groaning around the boat and when the fire started he might easily
+have gone out of his head. Perhaps he was even stunned by the
+lightning. Since that time he has been in a state of unconsciousness,
+and now he doesn&#8217;t remember a thing that he did. Oh, I think
+it&#8217;s perfectly possible.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s certainly strange,&#8221; mused George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It surely is,&#8221; exclaimed John. &#8220;Still if he
+wasn&#8217;t telling the truth he certainly is a fine actor.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve heard of such things happening before,&#8221;
+remarked Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you mean?&#8221; said John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why, people being in sort of a blank state when they do
+things that they don&#8217;t remember at all later.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What made Sam that way?&#8221; said John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I told you,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;He was so
+frightened it probably drove him temporarily out of his head.
+Unconsciously he blamed it all on poor Petersen so that when he saw him
+right here in the same boat, his one idea was to get
+revenge.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Can we blame him then?&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;If a man
+doesn&#8217;t know what he is doing, is he responsible?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;d hate to decide that,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;At
+the same time I don&#8217;t see how we can hold it against him,
+especially when he doesn&#8217;t know what it was.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When we get back to civilization we may have to tell on him
+though,&#8221; remarked John. &#8220;Don&#8217;t you think we&#8217;ll
+have to do that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wait till we get there,&#8221; advised Grant. &#8220;From the
+look of things right now, it doesn&#8217;t seem that we are going to
+get there very soon.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s funny we don&#8217;t see any boats,&#8221; said
+George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Or land,&#8221; added John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How about some food?&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;We
+haven&#8217;t eaten in a long time you know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right,&#8221; Grant agreed. &#8220;We can eat
+something anyway. Somebody open up the food, and the water
+too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Ample provisions for several days were found to have been placed
+aboard and the taste of food worked wonders with the unfortunate boys.
+They were sparing of it, however, and even more careful of their water
+supply. While in all probability they would be picked up before long by
+some passing steamer, it was deemed advisable to go slowly. The rations
+apportioned were divided into five equal parts, the four boys quickly
+consuming their shares while Sam&#8217;s was kept out for him until he
+should awaken.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t a good many steamers pass this way?&#8221; said
+Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; said Grant grimly. &#8220;Where
+are we?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Somewhere near the West Indies, I suppose,&#8221; said
+Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps we are,&#8221; Grant agreed. &#8220;Personally I
+don&#8217;t know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Shall we row?&#8221; suggested John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the use?&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;We
+don&#8217;t know which way to go.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve a compass, you know,&#8221; said George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That won&#8217;t help us now, I&#8217;m afraid,&#8221; said
+Grant. &#8220;If we knew where we were, it might.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;re in the tropics all right from the feeling of that
+sun,&#8221; said John.</p>
+
+<p>All day long the little party drifted idly about on the ocean. The
+water was almost still, as there was hardly a breath of air stirring.
+Not a sail appeared to break the monotony of the scene and the boys
+began to feel worried. The sun was scorching and they had no protection
+at all. Finally, night came with a welcome fall in temperature, but
+otherwise they were not one whit better off. They seemed just as far
+from rescue as ever.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_9'></a>CHAPTER IX<br /><span class='fss'>IN SEARCH OF
+LAND</span></h2>
+
+<p>When next the sun rose it shone upon a very disconsolate and
+discouraged little band. The four boys and their negro companion were
+becoming very downhearted. Thus far they had not seen a sign of a boat.
+It almost seemed as if they were on a desert ocean, for in these days
+of world-wide commerce there are few nooks and crannies of the seven
+seas not visited by the merchant fleets.</p>
+
+<p>Sam was the most cheerful person on board. Food and sleep had
+restored his spirits wonderfully and with the characteristic trait of
+his race, he was almost satisfied as long as he had those two things.
+No one had mentioned his fight with Petersen to him. If he did not
+remember it, there was no use in telling him about it. The four boys
+decided to watch him closely, however, in case he was acting a part. If
+such was the case he would surely betray himself sooner or later.</p>
+
+<p>The sun was just a little way above the horizon and a scanty
+breakfast was being served on board the boat. John had just arisen from
+his seat to help himself to a big sailor-cracker. He turned and glanced
+at the newly risen sun and suddenly stopped short, the cracker half way
+to his mouth.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the matter, String?&#8221; demanded Fred,
+noticing his friend&#8217;s action.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Land!&#8221; cried John, excitedly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where?&#8221; exclaimed the others in one breath, at the same
+time springing to their feet utterly regardless of whether the boat
+upset or not.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Right over there,&#8221; said John, pointing. &#8220;I see
+hills and palm trees.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I don&#8217;t,&#8221; exclaimed George a moment later.
+&#8220;You&#8217;re dreaming, String.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am not,&#8221; said John insistently. &#8220;Don&#8217;t
+any of you fellows see it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s a mirage,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;You
+don&#8217;t see anything, String.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mirage, nothing!&#8221; cried John hotly. &#8220;I see land
+and if you all weren&#8217;t so stupid you&#8217;d see it
+too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe you can see it because you are so much taller than we
+are,&#8221; suggested Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stand up on one of the seats then,&#8221; said John.
+&#8220;That&#8217;ll make you as tall as I.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>George quickly followed this advice, but he could see no land.
+Grant, too, tried it but he was no more successful. They all began to
+make fun of John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Something has gone to your head, String,&#8221; teased
+George. &#8220;You&#8217;re seeing things.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>John, however, was so angry by this time that he would not pay the
+slightest attention to such remarks. His face was flushed and he still
+stared sullenly out across the water in the direction of the rising
+sun. Suddenly his jaw dropped, and a look of amazement spread itself
+over his features. His eyes were round with surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s gone,&#8221; he exclaimed in consternation.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ha, ha,&#8221; laughed George, derisively. &#8220;I told you
+it was a mirage.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps, the wind blew it away,&#8221; suggested Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You all think you&#8217;re pretty smart,&#8221; said John, a
+half-foolish grin on his face. &#8220;I swear I thought I saw land over
+there.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I tell you what we do,&#8221; suggested Grant.
+&#8220;String thought he saw land over in that direction, but
+it&#8217;s gone now. Just the same I say we row that way and see what
+we can see.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the point in that?&#8221; demanded Fred.
+&#8220;You don&#8217;t really think he saw anything, do you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, I don&#8217;t. At the same time we can&#8217;t be any
+worse off than we are now, and String&#8217;s seeing the mirage may
+have been an omen. Perhaps there is land somewhere over there after
+all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m willing,&#8221; agreed George. &#8220;What do you
+say?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s try it,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;As Grant
+says we can&#8217;t be any worse off than we are now. Perhaps
+we&#8217;ll be better.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah think dat&#8217;s a fine idea,&#8221; said Sam
+enthusiastically. &#8220;Ah can row, too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, you steer,&#8221; directed Grant. &#8220;Give me your
+compass, Pop, and set a course for him. You follow it exactly,
+Sam.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah sho&#8217; will,&#8221; agreed Sam, delighted at the idea
+of having no work to do and the responsibility of steering the
+boat.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess I&#8217;m not a pretty handy sort of a fellow to have
+around,&#8221; George remarked with a grin as he took the compass from
+around his neck and handed it to Sam. &#8220;I haven&#8217;t written in
+my diary lately, though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Have you still got that with you, Pop?&#8221; exclaimed
+John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Surely. You don&#8217;t think I&#8217;d lose that, do
+you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I thought you might in all this mixup.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, indeed,&#8221; said George warmly. &#8220;I
+wouldn&#8217;t lose my diary for anything.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Give Sam the course to steer,&#8221; exclaimed Grant.
+&#8220;You all talk so much.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; laughed George, and setting the compass on
+the bottom of the boat between the negro&#8217;s feet he directed him
+to steer a little south of east. This was the direction in which John
+had seen his phantom island.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I have a plan,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;I say we all row
+steadily for an hour without looking around. At the end of that time
+we&#8217;ll all stand up and I feel sure we&#8217;ll see land not far
+away.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How are you going to tell when the hour is up?&#8221;
+inquired John. &#8220;There isn&#8217;t a watch in the whole crowd that
+will run. I&#8217;m afraid it&#8217;s too warm for even the sun to be
+on time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then we&#8217;ll have to guess at it. Is everybody
+agreeable?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Suppose a boat appears ahead of us,&#8221; suggested George.
+&#8220;We might never see it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sam is facing that way,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;He will see
+it and can tell us. Unless he sees a boat, though, he is not to say a
+word.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s a go,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;Is everybody
+ready?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The word was given and the life-boat shot forward on its course. The
+game being played served to cheer up the members of the little party
+and as a matter of fact no one had remained greatly worried about their
+condition for any length of time. Youth is always hopeful and every one
+on board had always had the feeling deep in his heart that they would
+be rescued before long. Lack of food and water had not assailed them as
+yet.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The hour must be nearly up,&#8221; remarked George at
+last.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Huh,&#8221; snorted Fred. &#8220;I don&#8217;t believe
+we&#8217;ve been going over twenty minutes.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Certainly not an hour,&#8221; agreed Grant. &#8220;Stick to
+it a while longer, Pop.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; sighed George, &#8220;but I know
+we&#8217;ve been working at least an hour.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You never worked an hour in your life,&#8221; said John.
+&#8220;How do you know how long it is?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I warn you not to talk like that,&#8221; said George,
+pretending to be angry. &#8220;I am sitting right behind you, you know,
+and it would be no trouble at all for me to give you a good, swift
+punch in the middle of the spine.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, Pop,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;How bloodthirsty
+you&#8217;re getting.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m thirsty for a drink of water, that&#8217;s
+sure,&#8221; exclaimed George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ll have to wait until the hour is up,&#8221; said
+Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I say it&#8217;s up now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The rest of us say not, though,&#8221; reminded Grant.
+&#8220;Besides that, we&#8217;re three to your one, so we can make you
+do pretty much as we please.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is that so?&#8221; exclaimed George haughtily. &#8220;Well,
+if I want to turn my head around I don&#8217;t know who could stop
+me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t try it,&#8221; warned Fred, who pulled the bow
+oar. &#8220;You&#8217;ll be sorry.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How about Fred up there?&#8221; demanded John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ve all got our backs turned to him and he may look
+around every minute for all we know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sam can see him,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;Has he looked
+around yet, Sam?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah ain&#8217;t seen him if he has,&#8221; replied Sam,
+grinning from ear to ear and showing a double row of ivory teeth.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If he does, you just tell us,&#8221; said Grant, &#8220;and
+we&#8217;ll fix him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yas, sah,&#8221; grinned Sam. &#8220;Ah&#8217;ll report all
+right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Seen any boats yet, Sam?&#8221; demanded George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No,&#8221; said Sam before Grant could stop him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look here, Pop,&#8221; exclaimed Grant hotly, &#8220;you
+ought not to have asked him that question. We made an agreement not to
+look around, but what&#8217;s the use if you aren&#8217;t going to live
+up to it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Did I look around?&#8221; demanded George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, but&#8211;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, that&#8217;s all I agreed to.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know, but&#8211;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Seen any land, Sam?&#8221; asked George. He knew how angry he
+was making Grant, but one of his main objects in life was to tease
+people.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah ain&#8217;t sayin&#8217;,&#8221; said Sam warily.
+&#8220;Yo&#8217; all ain&#8217;t gwine to ketch me nappin&#8217;
+again.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right, Sam,&#8221; exclaimed Grant;
+&#8220;don&#8217;t you answer a single question that any one asks
+you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, Grant,&#8221; mocked George, at the same time pitching
+his voice like a girl&#8217;s. &#8220;I think you&#8217;re just
+horrid.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hit him, somebody!&#8221; exclaimed Fred laughingly.
+&#8220;Don&#8217;t let him live.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>At this moment, however, George, who had been paying more attention
+to the conversation than the rowing, caught a crab. He lost his balance
+completely and toppled over backward, sprawling at full length on the
+bottom of the boat. As a consequence the whole crew was disorganized.
+The agreement not to look around was entirely forgotten and all heads
+were turned to look at George.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly John stood up in the boat and cheered at the top of his
+voice.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look there!&#8221; he cried. &#8220;There&#8217;s land this
+time, all right!&#8221;</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_10'></a>CHAPTER X<br /><span
+class='fss'>ASHORE</span></h2>
+
+<p>All eyes were immediately turned in the direction in which John
+pointed. Sure enough, and every one saw it this time, land appeared far
+off on the distant horizon. It could be seen only faintly, but there
+was no mistaking it. The low-lying shore and the outline of a few hills
+were plainly visible.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you think of that?&#8221; exclaimed Grant joyously.
+&#8220;It certainly looks as if our luck had turned.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sho&#8217; it has,&#8221; said Sam readily. &#8220;Soon as we
+lef&#8217; dat hard luck Finn Ah knowed we&#8217;d be all right. Ah
+suttinly is glad Ah is not in de same boat wid him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>These words of Sam threw a sudden damper upon every one in the boat.
+The four boys looked at one another in consternation and much of their
+joy at the sight of land was taken away by the recollection of the
+tragic end of their shipmate Petersen. Sam, however, seemed entirely
+unconscious of having said anything out of the way. His face was
+wreathed in smiles and showed nothing but satisfaction, now that he was
+separated from Petersen. If any doubt had still lingered in the
+boys&#8217; minds as to Sam&#8217;s sincerity that doubt was now
+dispelled. There was no question at all that the negro recalled nothing
+of his tragic deed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s de mattah wid you gentlemen?&#8221; demanded
+Sam, noticing the strange behavior of the four young sailors.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nothing at all,&#8221; said Grant quickly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s row for shore,&#8221; exclaimed John, doing his
+best to change the subject.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s what I say,&#8221; agreed George, who had now
+picked himself up and had taken hold of his oar once again. &#8220;I
+want to feel some good old earth under my feet for a change.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;Let&#8217;s not
+waste any time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>They dug their oars into the water and with renewed energy set out
+for the distant shore. Now and again they turned around and looked
+ahead in an effort to discover the character of the land they were
+approaching. It was still far away, however, and not much idea could be
+had of it.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s an island all right,&#8221; said John
+confidently.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Probably,&#8221; agreed Grant. &#8220;I don&#8217;t think we
+were very near the mainland when the <i>Josephine</i>
+burned.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look there,&#8221; cried Fred all at once. &#8220;Look back
+of the boat there.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Every one immediately stopped rowing and craned his neck to see what
+Fred was pointing out.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it, Fred?&#8221; demanded George. &#8220;What do you
+see?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t you see that fin?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dat Finn!&#8221; exclaimed Sam. &#8220;Where dat
+Finn?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not the one you mean,&#8221; said Fred, smiling in spite of
+his evident excitement. &#8220;I mean the fin of a fish.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I see it,&#8221; cried John suddenly. &#8220;What is
+it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it,&#8221; repeated Fred. &#8220;Don&#8217;t you
+know?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A shark?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course it is,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;It must be a
+whopper, too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Every one else saw the fin now and involuntarily a shiver passed
+over most of those on the little boat. The great black fin sailed
+easily and steadily along, just cutting the top of the water. Gruesome
+and forbidding it looked and straightway recalled to the minds of the
+four boys the stories they had so often heard of the hordes of
+man-eating sharks that infested the waters of the West Indies.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s another,&#8221; cried Grant suddenly.</p>
+
+<p>Sure enough another fin joined the first and one ahead of the other
+the sharks cruised around the waters near the life-boat.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Zowie!&#8221; exclaimed George. &#8220;I guess I&#8217;m glad
+I&#8217;m not in the water just now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Same here,&#8221; said Fred thankfully. &#8220;I wonder what
+they&#8217;d do to you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I&#8217;m not curious enough to find out,&#8221; said
+George grimly. &#8220;They can&#8217;t touch us here in the boat,
+anyway.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s true enough,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;I say we
+don&#8217;t waste any more time looking at them, either. Personally,
+I&#8217;d rather be ashore.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Once more the oars were dipped into the water and the voyage was
+continued. The sharks also came along and their fins could be seen
+first on one side of the boat and then on the other; sometimes they
+appeared in front and sometimes astern. Relentlessly they followed,
+however, all the way to the shore.</p>
+
+<p>As the boat came nearer the land the boys got more of an idea of the
+place they were approaching.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t see any houses,&#8221; remarked John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nor I,&#8221; agreed Fred. &#8220;It doesn&#8217;t look as if
+there was a human being on the island. It looks fertile enough,
+though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, we&#8217;ll know all about it before long,&#8221; said
+Grant. &#8220;Where shall we land?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the matter with that little harbor straight
+ahead?&#8221; said Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;Steer us in there,
+Sam.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No matter what kind of a place it is I&#8217;ll certainly be
+glad to get on shore again,&#8221; said George eagerly.
+&#8220;I&#8217;ve had about all I want of boats for a while.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I agree with you, Pop,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;I&#8217;ve
+had enough, too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wish we&#8217;d see a steamer,&#8221; sighed John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wish a steamer would see us,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;I
+think that would be more to the point.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ve simply got to be picked up soon,&#8221; said
+John. &#8220;Our food won&#8217;t last a great many days
+longer.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s good for a week, anyway,&#8221; said Fred.
+&#8220;Some one will surely find us by that time. We can hoist a flag
+on top of that hill up there. A passing steamer would be sure to see
+it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There may be people on the island for all we know,&#8221;
+said Grant. &#8220;We can&#8217;t see it all from here and it must be
+at least a mile long.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll know soon, anyway,&#8221; exclaimed John.
+&#8220;Don&#8217;t run us onto any rocks on the way in, Sam.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, sah,&#8221; grinned Sam. &#8220;Jes&#8217; leave dat to
+me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The shore of the island was low and sandy. Wide white beaches ran
+down to the water&#8217;s edge, while a short distance back were many
+palms and other trees of which the boys did not know the names. As Fred
+remarked, the island certainly looked fertile. Great excitement filled
+the breasts of every member of the party as they neared the shore.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The sharks have gone,&#8221; exclaimed John suddenly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sure enough,&#8221; said George. &#8220;I had forgotten all
+about them.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There they are out there,&#8221; said Grant indicating a spot
+some fifty yards astern of the boat. &#8220;They&#8217;re not alone,
+either.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Ten or a dozen great fins could be seen weaving in and out in the
+place Grant had indicated.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It must be shallow in here,&#8221; remarked Fred.
+&#8220;That&#8217;s probably why they don&#8217;t come in any closer.
+Look out for going aground, Sam.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not de leas&#8217; dangah of dat,&#8221; replied Sam
+confidently and whether he knew what he was talking about or not, the
+fact remains that a few moments later the bow of the boat grounded
+softly on the white sand, only a few feet from the shore.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;First ashore,&#8221; cried George leaping overboard and
+dashing up on the beach.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hey, there! Wait a minute,&#8221; shouted Grant.
+&#8220;We&#8217;ve got to pull this boat up and we&#8217;ll need
+everyone&#8217;s help.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;d better take the provisions out,&#8221; said Fred a
+moment later when they had hauled the boat some distance up on the
+shore.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What for?&#8221; demanded George who was always opposed to
+doing any more work than was absolutely necessary.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Put them somewhere in the shade I say,&#8221; exclaimed Fred.
+&#8220;Take out that cask of water, too. Those things have been
+broiling in the sun too long already.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s take everything out except the oars,&#8221; said
+Grant. &#8220;We&#8217;ll probably be here for a couple of days and we
+might as well do it now as any time. I don&#8217;t believe we&#8217;ll
+be picked up before then; at least there is a good chance that we
+won&#8217;t.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; agreed George. &#8220;Take everything out
+then. As soon as that&#8217;s done though, I&#8217;m going to see what
+the other side of this island looks like.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We all will,&#8221; said John. &#8220;Let&#8217;s do this
+first though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>They all fell to work with a will and soon had the the boat
+unloaded. The contents were placed under a sheltering grove of mangrove
+trees a short distance away. The boat was hauled a little farther up on
+shore and then the boys prepared to start on their tour of inspection.
+Sam followed as a matter of course.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Say, this is a pretty fine island,&#8221; exclaimed George as
+they started out.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Pineapples,&#8221; cried Grant, excitedly. &#8220;What do you
+think of that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are they ripe?&#8221; demanded George as the little band
+swooped down upon the cluster of plants.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They certainly are,&#8221; said Grant, who quickly produced
+his jackknife and cut off the top of one of the pineapples.
+&#8220;Watch me eat it,&#8221; and he began to eat the juicy fruit with
+great relish. He was not far ahead of the others, however, for soon
+they were all busily engaged in the same way.</p>
+
+<p>At last they had their fill of pineapples and moved on. Banana trees
+were discovered, standing in rows as if they had been planted.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Somebody lives on this island, or used to anyway,&#8221;
+remarked Grant. &#8220;Those trees never grew wild like
+that.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course not,&#8221; said John. &#8220;It doesn&#8217;t look
+as though they&#8217;d been cultivated lately though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll find out before long anyway,&#8221; said Fred.
+&#8220;If there are people here all I hope is that they&#8217;re not
+cannibals.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dey no cannibals heah,&#8221; said Sam so seriously that
+every one laughed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I hope not, Sam,&#8221; said Fred, smiling. &#8220;I&#8217;d
+hate to be eaten.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>They crossed the island which was not more than a half-mile wide at
+this point, and that seemed to be the average most of the way. The view
+was the same as on the opposite side; not a thing to be seen but the
+boundless ocean with not a speck of a sail or a bit of land within
+sight. It was a little kingdom all of its own. A quarter of a mile from
+shore the low rollers broke ceaselessly on a coral reef, while
+overhead, the gulls swept around and around, their plaintive whistle
+being very distinct at times.</p>
+
+<p>In silence the boys stood and gazed at the ocean.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Looks as if we were alone in the world, doesn&#8217;t
+it?&#8221; said Fred at last.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It surely does,&#8221; said George. &#8220;I somehow feel as
+if there ought to be some sort of a big black king sitting under one of
+these palm trees with about twenty slaves standing around fanning
+him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Speaking of black,&#8221; remarked John. &#8220;What has
+happened to Sam?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He went back to the boat,&#8221; said Fred, but as he spoke
+Sam suddenly appeared, running towards the little group at full speed.
+That he was greatly excited about something could be plainly seen from
+his manner.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it, Sam?&#8221; demanded Grant as the erstwhile cook
+came puffing and blowing up to the spot where the four boys stood.
+&#8220;What&#8217;s the matter?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;De boat,&#8221; gasped Sam. &#8220;De boat am
+gone.&#8221;</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_11'></a>CHAPTER XI<br /><span class='fss'>A SERIOUS
+MISHAP</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;The boat gone!&#8221; exclaimed Grant in amazement.
+&#8220;What do you mean?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What Ah say is dat de boat am gone, dat&#8217;s all,&#8221;
+said Sam.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How could it get away though?&#8221; demanded John excitedly.
+&#8220;Who is there to take it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah don&#8217;t know, sah,&#8221; said Sam. &#8220;It
+sho&#8217; is gone though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There must be some one on the island then,&#8221; exclaimed
+John. &#8220;I don&#8217;t see how it could disappear any other
+way.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe,&#8221; admitted Grant. &#8220;It certainly is
+queer.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The four boys stood amazed, too surprised by this sudden catastrophe
+at first to do anything. It seemed almost impossible to think that such
+a thing could be.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are you sure you went to the right place, Sam?&#8221;
+demanded Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sho&#8217; Ah is,&#8221; said Sam. &#8220;Dey is no doubt ob
+it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s all go and have a look,&#8221; George
+suggested.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The first sensible idea yet, Pop,&#8221; exclaimed Grant.
+&#8220;Come on, everybody.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Helter skelter and making as fast time as they could, the little
+party set out to retrace their steps to their landing place. Fear
+filled their hearts, not only on account of the disappearance of their
+boat, but also because there was the chance that some one else was on
+the island who might have stolen it. Not that the boys would not have
+been glad to see other people, but because they feared that the
+strangers might turn out to be enemies. Certainly, if they were
+friends, it seemed queer they should steal the boat.</p>
+
+<p>It was not long before they came to the little harbor. Grant was the
+first to reach the water&#8217;s edge and he looked about him eagerly,
+for traces of the missing boat.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Here&#8217;s where it was,&#8221; exclaimed Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There isn&#8217;t even a mark on the beach where it was
+pulled up,&#8221; said John. &#8220;That&#8217;s a queer thing it seems
+to me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re sure this is the spot?&#8221; said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know it is,&#8221; said George, confidently. &#8220;There
+is no doubt of it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;See any footprints around?&#8221; asked Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;None at all,&#8221; replied John. &#8220;What do you think of
+it all?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you think, Grant?&#8221; inquired George. Grant was
+always the one to whom the other boys turned when there was any
+question to be settled.</p>
+
+<p>Grant stood on the beach and gazed fixedly out to sea.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What are you looking at?&#8221; demanded John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m looking at our boat,&#8221; replied Grant
+quietly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What!&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;Where is it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Right out there,&#8221; said Grant, pointing to a white speck
+that could be faintly seen far out on the water.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But how did it get there?&#8221; insisted Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It floated,&#8221; said Grant quietly, &#8220;and I&#8217;ll
+tell you how. You know we pulled it up on the shore, but I&#8217;m
+afraid we didn&#8217;t pull it far enough. While we were away, the tide
+must have come in and floated it off. There it goes, and here we stay,
+I guess.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t be so sure of that,&#8221; exclaimed George, and
+he began to divest himself of his few remaining clothes as rapidly as
+possible.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you think you&#8217;re going to do, Pop?&#8221;
+demanded Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m going after that boat.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;By swimming?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course. How else could I reach it?&#8221; and by this time
+George was almost stripped to his skin.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t be silly, Pop,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;That
+boat is at least a half-mile from shore and you couldn&#8217;t possibly
+catch it. It&#8217;s getting farther away all the time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s worth a try, isn&#8217;t it?&#8221; demanded
+George. &#8220;You don&#8217;t want to stay here the rest of your life,
+do you?&#8221; He was a splendid swimmer and had won many prizes in
+this line of sport. At the same time what he proposed to attempt now
+was most ambitious.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re crazy, Pop,&#8221; said Grant earnestly.
+&#8220;You can&#8217;t possibly make it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll tell you that later,&#8221; said George doggedly,
+and he made as if to start down the beach. John, however, seized him
+and held him firmly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Please don&#8217;t try it,&#8221; he begged.
+&#8220;You&#8217;ll only drown.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let me go,&#8221; exclaimed George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Think ob dem sha&#8217;ks,&#8221; said Sam. &#8220;Dey&#8217;s
+millions ob dem out dar.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right, Pop,&#8221; cried Grant. &#8220;Think of
+those sharks. Even if you could swim that far the sharks would get
+you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Put your clothes on again,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;We need
+you worse than we do the boat.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The argument about the sharks had more influence on George than
+anything else. He did not mind the ocean, but the thought of its hungry
+inhabitants was too much for him. He yielded to the pleas of his
+comrades and slowly began to put on his clothes.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;ll we do?&#8221; he said dazedly. &#8220;It looks
+as if we were stranded.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess we are,&#8221; agreed Grant grimly.
+&#8220;We&#8217;ll have to sit here and wait until some steamer happens
+by and picks us up.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But how will any one know we&#8217;re here?&#8221; said
+George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll hoist a flag.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s all right, but where are we going to get a
+flag?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll show you,&#8221; exclaimed Grant, and he made his
+way to the spot where their stores and provisions were piled. A moment
+later he returned with the canvas tarpaulin that had been used as a
+cover. &#8220;Here&#8217;s our flag,&#8221; he said, waving the heavy
+piece of canvas around his head.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s too heavy,&#8221; objected John. &#8220;It would
+take a gale to make that stand out.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is heavy,&#8221; admitted Grant. &#8220;I don&#8217;t know
+of anything else we can use though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Except my shirt,&#8221; said George quickly.
+&#8220;That&#8217;ll make a real flag.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But what will you wear?&#8221; said John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nothing maybe,&#8221; replied George, cheerfully. &#8220;In
+this climate I don&#8217;t believe any one would suffer much from lack
+of clothes.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Probably not,&#8221; Grant agreed. &#8220;Why use your shirt
+in preference to any one else&#8217;s though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Because I offer it first.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; laughed Grant. &#8220;Pass it
+over.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>George handed his shirt to Grant and soon the seams were ripped so
+that it covered the largest amount of possible space. &#8220;Now for a
+flag-pole,&#8221; exclaimed Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll attend to that,&#8221; exclaimed Fred and he
+straightway fell upon a nearby tree with his jackknife. He cut off one
+of the longest and straightest branches after considerable trouble, and
+presented it for his companions&#8217; approval. &#8220;How&#8217;s
+that?&#8221; he demanded proudly. &#8220;It&#8217;s about thirty feet
+long and stuck up on top of that hill, it could be seen for a long,
+long distance.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll now go up and raise the flag,&#8221; cried Grant,
+and leading the way he set out for the top of the hill.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look at the brook,&#8221; exclaimed John suddenly, after they
+had covered about half the distance to their destination.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s not a very big one,&#8221; remarked George as he
+stepped across the tiny stream. &#8220;I wonder where it comes
+from.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We can follow it and see,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;If the
+water is good to drink, we are in luck, for we may need it desperately
+before long.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It looks clear enough,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;I&#8217;ll
+taste of it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wait till we find the source,&#8221; advised Grant. &#8220;We
+can tell better then whether it is good or not.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>They soon discovered the origin of the little stream. Set in among a
+grove of scrub palmetto trees was a spring. The water bubbled merrily
+out into a little pool, the bottom of which was covered with shining
+white pebbles.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That looks all right to me,&#8221; exclaimed Fred eagerly and
+a moment later he was flat on his stomach, taking long draughts of the
+clear water.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Whew, that&#8217;s fine,&#8221; he said enthusiastically, as
+he rose to his feet once more and sighed with satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is it cool?&#8221; asked John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s almost cold,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;Why
+don&#8217;t you try it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>John did try it and so did every one else. All pronounced it to be
+just as Fred had described it. &#8220;We can live for a long while on
+that water and the fruit that&#8217;s here,&#8221; remarked Fred.
+&#8220;We won&#8217;t have to worry about starving anyway.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Just the same we want to get our flag up,&#8221; exclaimed
+Grant. &#8220;Let&#8217;s do it now and get it over with.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Without further delay they proceeded to the top of the hill. There
+were no trees on the summit and for a space of two or three hundred
+yards, the ground was bare and unobstructed. The very highest point on
+the island was selected and there a hole was dug. Sticks and knives and
+fingers and anything that could be found was used in the task, for no
+tools had been put in the life-boat.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If we only had the oars,&#8221; said George, &#8220;we could
+have tied them all together and made a real flag pole.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the matter with this?&#8221; demanded Fred.
+&#8220;It may not be very beautiful, but it&#8217;ll do the work all
+right. It&#8217;s limber too, so that if a high wind comes up it will
+bend and not break.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; exclaimed George, &#8220;put the flag on
+and we&#8217;ll set it up.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The sleeves were torn from George&#8217;s sacrificed shirt. The
+sleeves in turn were torn into strips and with these the rest of the
+shirt, or rather the flag, was tied securely to the pole.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hoist it up,&#8221; cried George. &#8220;I must say I never
+expected to have my shirt used for a flag on some deserted island
+though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It makes a good one all right,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;That
+ought to be visible for a good long distance.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you suppose any one would take the trouble to investigate
+if he did see it?&#8221; inquired John skeptically.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Any one would certainly investigate a flag like that,&#8221;
+laughed George. &#8220;They&#8217;d think it was a Chinese laundry or
+something.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe they&#8217;ll take it for a pirate flag,&#8221;
+suggested Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This island looks like a good place for pirates all
+right,&#8221; remarked John.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_12'></a>CHAPTER XII<br /><span class='fss'>A NEW
+HOME</span></h2>
+
+<p>That night the shipwrecked little band slept out in the open with
+nothing but the stars over their heads. In fact they had no other
+shelter, but the night was mild and clear and no one suffered any
+discomfort.</p>
+
+<p>Thus far the boys had had no chance to explore their new home, but
+the first thing the next morning they determined to do so. A plunge in
+the waters of the little bay put every one in good humor. No one went
+very far out, however, for in spite of the fact that they knew there
+was slight chance of any shark venturing anywhere so near the shore,
+the knowledge that the giants were lurking not far away cured every
+desire to swim out any distance.</p>
+
+<p>Sam decided he would not join the exploring party. He had an idea
+that he would be very much better off, dozing in the sun at the foot of
+some palm tree. The four boys separated, Fred and Grant going together,
+and John and George pairing off.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You two go one way,&#8221; directed Grant, &#8220;and
+we&#8217;ll go the other. If we follow the shore we&#8217;ll meet
+around on the other side of the island somewhere.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; agreed John. &#8220;We&#8217;ll see you
+later.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;After we see what the shore of the island is like, I say we
+explore the interior,&#8221; said George, as he and John walked off
+down the beach.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s what I say,&#8221; exclaimed John. &#8220;That
+part looks more interesting.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It does to me, too. There are lots of birds here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you know the names of them?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, I don&#8217;t. All I know is that they are certainly
+beautiful. Look at that one there,&#8221; exclaimed George suddenly, as
+there was a flash of scarlet showing for an instant among the trees to
+their left.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wonder if there are any parrots here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wouldn&#8217;t you like to have one?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I certainly would. I&#8217;d like to take it home with
+me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If we ever get there.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course we&#8217;ll get there,&#8221; said John
+confidently. &#8220;Don&#8217;t worry about that for a second.
+It&#8217;s only a question of how soon it will be.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t be so sure about that, String. We don&#8217;t
+know where we are and it certainly seems queer that we haven&#8217;t
+seen a single boat. That&#8217;s what worries me. If many boats went by
+this way, I wouldn&#8217;t worry, but if no boats come along, how are
+we to be picked up?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But some will come.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They haven&#8217;t yet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It seems to me we ought to have a lookout,&#8221; said John.
+&#8220;A boat might go right by and we&#8217;d never see it at
+all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know it,&#8221; said George. &#8220;I think we ought to
+take turns up on top of the hill where the flag is.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m willing. We&#8217;ll talk about it to Grant and
+Fred, when we meet them.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look at that rock,&#8221; exclaimed George suddenly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the matter with it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look at its shape.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It is queer,&#8221; admitted John. &#8220;It looks like a
+fish.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Doesn&#8217;t it? Maybe it&#8217;s a petrified
+shark.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess not that,&#8221; laughed John. &#8220;Still it is
+shaped more like a shark than anything else, isn&#8217;t it?
+Isn&#8217;t it queer?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The odd shaped rock made a great impression on the two boys, and it
+was a queer freak of nature. Black in color and about thirty feet long
+the great bowlder stood out as a remarkable evidence of nature&#8217;s
+handiwork. It lay in a small opening in the midst of a grove of palm
+trees. The two boys drew near to investigate more closely and were
+amazed at the smoothness of its surface and the way it glistened in the
+sunlight.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This is certainly strange,&#8221; exclaimed George. &#8220;It
+looks as if it might have been under water for hundreds of years and
+was worn smooth this way by the waves.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s so different from the other rocks, too,&#8221;
+said John. &#8220;I wonder what made it black this way.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you notice,&#8221; remarked George, &#8220;that it
+doesn&#8217;t look so much like a shark when you are close to it? When
+we first saw it, it certainly did though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Didn&#8217;t it? Let&#8217;s go back to that spot
+again.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>They retraced their steps and once more viewed the odd shaped rock
+from the place where they had first caught sight of it. More than ever
+were they impressed by its weird resemblance to a giant shark.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll certainly have to tell Grant and Fred about
+this,&#8221; said John. &#8220;We&#8217;ll bring them down here to look
+at it too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The two friends resumed their walk along the shore and before many
+moments had passed they caught sight of Fred and Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you think they&#8217;re looking at?&#8221; exclaimed
+George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know, Pop,&#8221; returned John. &#8220;They
+certainly seem interested in something though, don&#8217;t
+they?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Fred and Grant were lying face downward on a rock which overhung the
+water. Their gaze and attention seemed riveted on what they saw below
+them, so that they did not even hear their friends approach.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What are you two looking at?&#8221; demanded George
+curiously.</p>
+
+<p>Grant looked up at the sound of his comrade&#8217;s voice but he did
+not answer. He merely beckoned with one finger and then pointed to the
+water below. John and George were not long in taking their places
+alongside the other two and soon they were just as engrossed in what
+they saw as were their companions.</p>
+
+<p>The water was deep right up to the shore. It was also as clear as
+crystal so that everything in it could be seen with remarkable
+distinctness. Sand was mixed with coral on the bottom and the water was
+populated with fish, and such strange fish too. All sizes, shapes and
+colors they were; some almost flat with strange little pig-like mouths;
+others chunky and with flat backs as though some one had hammered them
+out. All of them, however, were wonderfully provided with marvelous
+coloring, some of them with shades that changed from time to time. A
+brilliant green ray, shaped like an eel, lay coiled about a piece of
+coral; he opened his mouth with its wicked looking teeth and sucked in
+the water which he could be seen to expel a moment later from his
+gills.</p>
+
+<p>For a long time the four boys lay and watched these things in
+silence. It was like a fairy story to see all these strange inhabitants
+of the tropic seas.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Whew,&#8221; sighed Fred at length, &#8220;that&#8217;s a
+wonderful sight.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should say so,&#8221; exclaimed John heartily. &#8220;This
+is a wonderful island too. I am almost glad we were stranded
+here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;d be too,&#8221; said George, &#8220;if I was only
+certain we were going to get off all right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Guess what Fred and I found this morning,&#8221; said
+Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It wasn&#8217;t any more wonderful than what Pop and I
+saw,&#8221; retorted John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What did you see?&#8221; demanded Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A rock that&#8217;s shaped just like a shark.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Huh,&#8221; snorted Fred. &#8220;That&#8217;s not half as
+good as what we found.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Tell us what it was then,&#8221; said George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Tracks,&#8221; said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Tracks. What kind of tracks?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Can&#8217;t you guess?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not railroad?&#8221; suggested George and he put up his arm
+as though he expected to have to ward off a blow.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t be silly, Pop,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;Of
+course they weren&#8217;t.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Man tracks?&#8221; queried John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;They were goat
+tracks.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is that right?&#8221; exclaimed George. &#8220;Did you see
+any goats?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, but we saw a good many tracks.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I told you this was a wonderful island,&#8221; said John
+heartily. &#8220;You see we&#8217;ve even got a herd of goats
+here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know what good they&#8217;ll do us
+though,&#8221; said Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why not?&#8221; demanded John. &#8220;If we can catch one we
+can have it to eat.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s all right,&#8221; said Fred, &#8220;but how are
+you going to cook it without fire?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll build one of course.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Without matches?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Pop has some matches. Haven&#8217;t you, Pop?&#8221; inquired
+John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why, certainly,&#8221; said George with a great air of
+importance. &#8220;I have everything of that kind. Wasn&#8217;t I the
+fellow who had the compass too? I keep a diary and I have a compass and
+I have some matches in a waterproof box. Who says that I&#8217;m not a
+good man to have on any party?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, you&#8217;re a fine fellow all right,&#8221; laughed
+Grant. &#8220;Personally I don&#8217;t know what good your compass will
+do us though. Your matches are all right and I advise you to be very
+careful with them.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Leave that to me,&#8221; said George. &#8220;I&#8217;ll be
+careful all right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who&#8217;s going to catch these goats?&#8221; demanded
+Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We haven&#8217;t gotten as far as that yet,&#8221; said Grant
+laughingly. &#8220;I guess we&#8217;ll have to put salt on their
+tails.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not at all,&#8221; exclaimed John seriously.
+&#8220;We&#8217;ll make spears and get them that way. To-morrow
+we&#8217;ll have a goat hunt.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe we will,&#8221; said George skeptically. &#8220;Just at
+present though, I say we do a little more exploring. We haven&#8217;t
+seen much of the interior of the island yet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come along then,&#8221; cried Grant. &#8220;We&#8217;ll all
+go.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>With Grant in the lead, they started. Every moment added to the new
+delights the little island afforded. The tropical foliage was brilliant
+and the bird-life seemed endless in its variety. The sides of the small
+hill which the exploring party was ascending, however, were rocky and
+when they were about halfway up, Grant suddenly stopped short in
+surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look there,&#8221; he exclaimed. &#8220;There&#8217;s a
+cave.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>A dark opening in the rocks showed just ahead and there was a mad
+race to see which boy should arrive at the spot first. It was a steep
+ascent, but just in front of the cave was a flat ledge of rocks some
+ten or fifteen feet wide which made a sort of front yard.</p>
+
+<p>Grant was the first to reach the entrance and even before he looked
+into the cave he stopped and picked up two objects from the ground at
+his feet.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What have you got?&#8221; demanded John.</p>
+
+<p>Grant held the two articles in question up to view. &#8220;An old
+flint-lock pistol and a powder-horn,&#8221; he said.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_13'></a>CHAPTER XIII<br /><span class='fss'>AN IRON
+CHEST</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;Say,&#8221; exclaimed George, &#8220;where do you suppose
+they came from?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Somebody dropped them here, I suppose,&#8221; said Grant
+dryly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course,&#8221; said George, ignoring his friend&#8217;s
+sarcasm, &#8220;but who was it? It must have been a long time ago
+though. See how that pistol is all rusted and eaten away. I don&#8217;t
+believe they&#8217;ve used that kind of a pistol in two hundred years,
+either.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, John said this island looked like a good one for
+pirates,&#8221; remarked Fred. &#8220;Maybe pirates left these things
+here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you suppose so?&#8221; exclaimed George eagerly. &#8220;If
+there were pirates here do you think they could have buried any
+treasure on the island?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know, I&#8217;m sure,&#8221; laughed Grant.
+&#8220;Even if they did, I don&#8217;t see just how it would do us any
+good.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Can&#8217;t we look for it?&#8221; demanded George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where shall we look?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe they left directions as to where it was
+buried.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Say,&#8221; exclaimed John, &#8220;speaking of directions,
+what happened to that code we were looking at on board the
+<i>Josephine</i>? I suppose it burned up with the ship.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, no it didn&#8217;t,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;It went
+right into my hip pocket and that&#8217;s where it has been ever since
+and where it is right now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why don&#8217;t you decipher it, Grant?&#8221; said Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, yes,&#8221; said Grant grimly, &#8220;why don&#8217;t I?
+It&#8217;s so easy you know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, it can be done,&#8221; insisted Fred firmly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course it can,&#8221; laughed George. &#8220;The only
+trouble is we don&#8217;t know how.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We don&#8217;t even know it is a code,&#8221; said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Petersen said it was,&#8221; Fred objected.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know it,&#8221; said Grant, &#8220;but he wasn&#8217;t sure
+of it. That was only his opinion.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Didn&#8217;t the water and everything hurt it?&#8221; asked
+George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not a bit. Here it is; you can see for yourself,&#8221; and
+Grant produced the piece of parchment from his pocket. He unfolded it
+while his three companions crowded eagerly around him to inspect the
+strange document once again. No light was thrown on its secret, if it
+had one, however, and the same baffling maze of numbers confronted the
+boys.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Put it away,&#8221; cried John impatiently. &#8220;I think
+it&#8217;s a combination to a safe.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, it isn&#8217;t either,&#8221; said Fred.
+&#8220;It&#8217;s a code I tell you and I think that some one of us
+ought to be able to read it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What good would it do if you did?&#8221; demanded John.
+&#8220;Certainly it can&#8217;t apply to this island, and I say we
+forget it and inspect this cave now. That is much more to the
+point.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Put it away, Grant,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;To-morrow
+though, I&#8217;m going to get to work on it and see if I can&#8217;t
+make something out of it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll help you,&#8221; said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s the way,&#8221; cried Fred enthusiastically.
+&#8220;Grant and I will find the money and Pop and String won&#8217;t
+get a cent.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is that so?&#8221; exclaimed George. &#8220;Well, if you can
+find any money and not give me my share you&#8217;re a much better man
+than I think you are.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s not fight about the money just now,&#8221;
+advised Grant. &#8220;We haven&#8217;t found it yet, you
+know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know it,&#8221; exclaimed John. &#8220;I never heard such a
+lot of crazy talk before either. Who&#8217;s coming into the
+cave?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The entrance was about ten feet wide and was high enough so that
+even John could walk in without stooping. Far down towards the back of
+the cave a patch of light shone on the floor showing that somewhere
+else besides the spot where the boys stood, there was an opening.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t see very well,&#8221; said Fred as they stepped
+into the cave.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Neither can I,&#8221; George agreed. &#8220;I&#8217;m not
+very anxious to go walking around in strange dark caves
+either.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What can hurt you?&#8221; demanded John. &#8220;There
+isn&#8217;t another soul on the island besides ourselves and
+Sam.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That may be,&#8221; admitted George. &#8220;Still there may
+be holes in the floor or some kind of animals living here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I&#8217;m going down to where that spot of light
+is,&#8221; said John. &#8220;Is any one coming with me?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, I&#8217;ll go all right,&#8221; exclaimed George quickly.
+&#8220;All I said was that I didn&#8217;t like it much.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go slow,&#8221; cautioned Grant. &#8220;We don&#8217;t want
+to run any risks.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can see better now than I could,&#8221; said John who was
+in the lead. &#8220;My eyes are becoming more used to the dim
+light.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So are mine,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;The floor looks
+perfectly flat to me too, and I think I see a box or something up ahead
+there.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess you do,&#8221; John agreed. &#8220;I see something
+myself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>They proceeded cautiously on their way until they came to the box in
+question.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s a chest,&#8221; exclaimed John, bending over.
+&#8220;It&#8217;s iron, too,&#8221; and he gave it a kick. The clang of
+the metal echoed and reëchoed through the cave producing a weird sound
+and sending the shivers coursing up and down the spines of the
+boys.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It sounds hollow,&#8221; said Grant in a low voice.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess it is,&#8221; John agreed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Lift it and see,&#8221; directed George. &#8220;Aren&#8217;t
+there any handles on it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>John felt around the sides of the chest and finally discovered that
+there was a handle on one end. He pulled and lifted with all his might,
+but not one inch could he budge it.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Whew, there must be something in it,&#8221; he panted.
+&#8220;It&#8217;s certainly heavy enough.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s probably full of gold,&#8221; exclaimed George
+excitedly. &#8220;Gold is awfully heavy.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Calm yourself, Pop,&#8221; said Grant, but he too, was
+excited. In fact, the strange cave and the chest suggested all sorts of
+things to the four youths. What if they should find that the chest was
+full of money? Stranger things than that have happened.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It certainly sounded hollow in spite of all you say,&#8221;
+remarked Fred. &#8220;See if all four of us can&#8217;t get hold and
+move it.&#8221; He kicked it once more and again the weird sound rang
+through the cave.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t do that, Fred,&#8221; begged George. &#8220;It
+gives me the shivers.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Get hold here then,&#8221; exclaimed Fred.</p>
+
+<p>The combined efforts of the four boys did not even slightly move the
+great chest. It was an awkward thing to handle, however, as well as
+very heavy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps it is empty after all,&#8221; remarked Grant, as they
+all paused to regain their breath. &#8220;A chest as big as that would
+weigh a lot all alone.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe,&#8221; admitted Fred. &#8220;At any rate I say we get
+it out on the ledge in front there where we can have a good look at
+it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s the idea,&#8221; exclaimed George. &#8220;We can
+get it there if we all help. Everybody get to work here now!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Pushing and hauling, grunting and groaning the young castaways bent
+to their task. Little by little the great iron chest was moved closer
+and closer to the entrance of the cave. The sweat poured from the boys
+in streams and their arms and their backs ached. They would not give
+up, however. The lure of treasure had them in its grasp and they were
+determined to find out just what the contents of this chest were if
+such a thing were possible.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Just a little more,&#8221; urged Grant, and with one final
+effort the chest was pushed out onto the ledge of rock in front of the
+cave.</p>
+
+<p>For a few moments the boys were too exhausted to do more than stand
+around puffing and gasping for breath. Such a task, combined with the
+heat of the tropics, would tax the strength and endurance of the
+hardiest.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now let&#8217;s open it up,&#8221; exclaimed Fred.
+&#8220;Where&#8217;s the top?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s over on its side,&#8221; said Grant.
+&#8220;Here&#8217;s the top and it&#8217;s padlocked.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So it is,&#8221; said Fred disappointedly. &#8220;What can we
+do?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Get a rock,&#8221; directed Grant. &#8220;It&#8217;s pretty
+well rusted and by hammering it we may be able to break it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>A suitable rock was quickly found and an attack begun on the
+padlock. Grant pounded away for dear life, while the others stood
+around and watched him. After a few moments he stopped to inspect the
+result of his efforts.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Think you can do it?&#8221; inquired John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;I think I made
+a little impression on it, but it&#8217;ll take some time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I&#8217;m going back into the cave,&#8221; announced
+John. &#8220;I&#8217;m going to inspect that patch of light back there.
+When you get the box open, yell at me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He disappeared in the dusk of the cave while his three companions
+took turns at hammering the lock. It was stubborn, but was beginning to
+show some signs of yielding and the boys stuck manfully to their task.
+They seemed to be on the verge of succeeding when a great commotion
+inside the cave suddenly arrested their attention.</p>
+
+<p>A moment later John burst forth. His face was ashen and his eyes
+bulged wide with fear. His hands shook as if he had the ague and his
+breath was almost gone.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it, John?&#8221; demanded Grant in alarm, while Fred
+and George also crowded around the frightened boy. He had evidently
+received a terrible shock of some kind and his three companions were
+greatly affected by his appearance.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the matter?&#8221; exclaimed Grant anxiously,
+but all that John could do was to mumble incoherently and point towards
+the interior of the cave.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_14'></a>CHAPTER XIV<br /><span class='fss'>AN ODD
+DISCOVERY</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;John!&#8221; begged Grant. &#8220;Tell us what&#8217;s the
+matter.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>John, however, was in no condition to say anything. He shivered and
+shook, and kept glancing fearfully at the entrance to the cave as
+though he expected some great ogre or dragon to emerge any moment.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Watch that cave, Pop,&#8221; directed Grant. &#8220;Perhaps
+we&#8217;d better get out of here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Can&#8217;t you talk, John?&#8221; exclaimed Fred.
+&#8220;Tell us what the trouble is.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>John gulped and swallowed hard a couple of times. He pointed towards
+the cave and his lips moved, but no sound that resembled a word came
+from his ashen-colored lips.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come on, John,&#8221; coaxed Fred. &#8220;You&#8217;re all
+right. Tell us about it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>John made another great effort. &#8220;That man,&#8221; he managed
+to gasp.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;Man&#8217;!&#8221; cried Grant. &#8220;What man?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I saw a man,&#8221; said John and then he fainted.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This is a mess,&#8221; exclaimed Grant in dismay. &#8220;What
+shall we do?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He saw a man,&#8221; said Fred in alarm. &#8220;Who could it
+be?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How do I know?&#8221; said Grant testily. &#8220;Are you
+watching that cave, Pop?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I certainly am. Hand me one of those rocks.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The three boys stood on the narrow ledge of rocks in a quandary as
+to what course they should pursue. Below them was the steep, rocky
+incline of the hill and behind them was the cave containing they knew
+not what. At their feet lay their comrade, unconscious and helpless. It
+was a situation that would have worried the oldest and most hardened
+adventurer.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ve got to get John away from here,&#8221; said Grant
+at last.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We can&#8217;t do it,&#8221; objected Fred. &#8220;We
+can&#8217;t carry him down this hill.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But suppose we&#8217;re attacked,&#8221; said Grant
+dolefully.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll have to run that risk.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m going into the cave,&#8221; George announced
+suddenly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Pop!&#8221; cried Grant in alarm. &#8220;You stay where you
+are.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why not go in and clear up the mystery right now?&#8221; said
+George. &#8220;We might just as well.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re crazy,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;Don&#8217;t
+think of such a thing.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nothing hurt John,&#8221; said George soberly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; cried Grant, &#8220;but look at him now. He was
+scared almost to death!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The three boys gazed apprehensively at the entrance of the cave.
+They all had rocks in their hands now and were ready to let them fly
+the moment the man John had seen should show his head. Nothing
+appeared, however.</p>
+
+<p>After a moment John stirred and opened his eyes. He looked about him
+in a puzzled way as though he did not know where he was. Then he
+evidently remembered his experience for he shuddered and cast a
+terror-stricken glance at the dark entrance of the cave.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I saw a man,&#8221; he repeated in a low voice.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What kind of a man? Who was it?&#8221; demanded Grant
+eagerly. &#8220;Keep your eye on that cave, Pop,&#8221; he added
+grimly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Tell us what happened,&#8221; urged Fred.</p>
+
+<p>John was much more composed now and had better control of
+himself.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I went into the cave,&#8221; he began. &#8220;I walked along
+and didn&#8217;t see a thing. I was beginning to think that that chest
+was the only thing there and I kept thinking what a strange thing it
+was. I had gone in to find out where that patch of light came from you
+know, so when I came to it I looked up.&#8221; John stopped
+speaking.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What then?&#8221; demanded Grant in a tense voice.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I saw a man,&#8221; said John, and he shivered violently.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; urged Grant. &#8220;What kind of a man did you
+see?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;An old man with white hair and a long white beard.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What did he do?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He was looking in the other end of the opening. I just took
+one look at him and ran.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Did he see you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know. I didn&#8217;t wait for
+anything.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Was he alone?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think so,&#8221; said John. &#8220;At least I saw only one.
+I suppose I am a coward to be so frightened by an old man like that,
+but it was so unexpected. The opening was narrow like a chimney-flue
+and it gave me such a start to see some one at the other
+end.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I don&#8217;t blame you,&#8221; said Grant grimly.
+&#8220;It would have scared me too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>John scrambled to his feet. &#8220;Let&#8217;s go back in and see if
+he&#8217;s still there. I&#8217;m ashamed of the way I acted and I want
+to make up for it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s what I say,&#8221; exclaimed George.
+&#8220;Clear up this business. One old man can&#8217;t hurt us very
+much.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Unless he has a gun,&#8221; said Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s true,&#8221; agreed George. &#8220;I never
+thought of that.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not much chance of his having a gun, I guess,&#8221; said
+Grant. &#8220;I&#8217;ll risk it anyway if the rest will.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe it was Sam you saw,&#8221; said Fred suddenly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;With white hair and a white beard? I guess not,&#8221;
+laughed George grimly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He might have been playing a joke on us,&#8221; suggested
+Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If he was, he&#8217;ll never live to tell the tale,&#8221;
+cried John fiercely.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If that fellow was looking through the top of that opening,
+he won&#8217;t be in the cave,&#8221; said Grant suddenly. &#8220;Why
+don&#8217;t we look for him on top of the hill?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s true,&#8221; agreed George. &#8220;Can we get up
+from here?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The four boys looked up to see what kind of a climb it would be.
+Suddenly, Fred burst out laughing. His companions turned and looked at
+him in amazement. He laughed and laughed until the tears came to his
+eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s struck you, Fred?&#8221; demanded George
+angrily.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, John,&#8221; gasped Fred, when he could get his breath.
+&#8220;You poor simpleton.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What are you talking about?&#8221; exclaimed John in
+surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Did you see an old man with white hair and a long
+beard?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course I did. That&#8217;s what I said, didn&#8217;t
+I?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, there he is,&#8221; and once more Fred became convulsed
+with merriment.</p>
+
+<p>His three companions looked in the direction he had indicated. At
+the brow of the hill, alongside a large rock, and gazing curiously down
+at them stood an old billy goat. His white beard gave him a most odd
+appearance.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is that the old man you saw?&#8221; demanded Grant, turning
+toward John. One glance at his companion, however, was enough to give
+him his answer. A foolish expression spread itself over John&#8217;s
+face and he became very red and embarrassed. He mumbled something under
+his breath, but no one could make out what it was that he said.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, String,&#8221; cried George, &#8220;you certainly put
+your foot in it that time. I guess you&#8217;ll never hear the end of
+it either. You surely won&#8217;t if I have anything to say about it.
+An old man with a white beard. Baa!&#8221; and George imitated a goat
+and he too gave vent to uncontrollable laughter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There was a goat at each end of the opening, wasn&#8217;t
+there, Pop?&#8221; inquired Grant mischievously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There sure was,&#8221; George agreed. &#8220;The big one was
+at the bottom.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Fred, Grant, and George laughed and then laughed some more. They
+slapped John on the back and twitted him repeatedly about the false
+alarm he had given. They enjoyed themselves immensely at their
+friend&#8217;s expense. He, however, was very much ashamed and very
+unhappy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I admit I was the goat,&#8221; he said sadly. &#8220;I
+don&#8217;t know what got into me, but it was such a shock to see that
+funny looking face staring in at the other end of that opening. It
+scared the life out of me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should say it did,&#8221; chuckled George. &#8220;You
+scared us, too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I&#8217;m sorry,&#8221; John apologized.
+&#8220;I&#8217;ll do anything I can to make up.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What shall we have him do?&#8221; exclaimed Fred eagerly.
+&#8220;It ought to be something pretty bad.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Make him open that chest,&#8221; Grant suggested.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s a good scheme,&#8221; said George.
+&#8220;Here&#8217;s a big rock for you, String. Hit it a few cracks and
+see if you are better at this than at exploring caves.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>John approached the chest, rock in hand. The lock had already been
+bent considerably by the other boys&#8217; efforts, but it still held
+fast. John attacked it fiercely and after breaking several stones
+succeeded in demolishing the lock.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yea, String!&#8221; cried George, excitedly.
+&#8220;You&#8217;re a wonder. Open it up! Quick!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The padlock was removed and all four boys crowded around and eagerly
+grasped the top. It was not so easy to open, however, but finally it
+was done. Every boy&#8217;s eyes glistened expectantly as the top was
+raised. The least they expected to see was a great pile of gold, but no
+such sight presented itself.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s empty,&#8221; cried Grant. His voice sounded as if
+he had lost his last friend on earth.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s a piece of paper in there,&#8221; corrected
+Fred. &#8220;Let&#8217;s see if that says anything.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Keen disappointment showed on the face of every boy. Their hopes had
+been dashed. There was no special reason why they should have expected
+to find such a treasure-chest as they had pictured this one to be, but
+this idea had fixed itself in their minds and they really counted on
+all being made rich the moment they opened it up.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What does the paper say, Fred?&#8221; inquired Grant
+listlessly. Most of his interest had faded.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; said Fred carelessly.
+&#8220;It&#8217;s nothing but a bunch of mixed up numbers. Say,&#8221;
+he exclaimed suddenly. &#8220;Let me see that code in your
+pocket.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you want that for?&#8221; inquired Grant curiously,
+at the same time producing the article in question and handing it over
+to Fred.</p>
+
+<p>Fred grasped it and quickly spread it open. Holding the one he had
+found in the chest alongside the other he ran his eye hurriedly over
+the two. Then he turned to his three companions, who were watching him
+curiously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you know that these two papers are exactly alike?&#8221;
+he demanded excitedly.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_15'></a>CHAPTER XV<br /><span class='fss'>SAM
+REMEMBERS SOMETHING</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;Alike?&#8221; cried Grant in amazement. &#8220;What do you
+mean?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Just what I said,&#8221; returned Fred. &#8220;The numbers on
+these two papers are exactly the same from start to finish.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s the strangest thing I ever heard of in my
+life,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;Let me look at them.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Didn&#8217;t I tell you fellows that that piece of parchment
+Petersen had was a code of some sort?&#8221; demanded Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Does the fact that we found one like it prove that?&#8221;
+said George skeptically.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It certainly seems so to me,&#8221; Fred exclaimed. &#8220;At
+any rate, it is a very odd coincidence.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s that all right,&#8221; admitted George. &#8220;Are
+they exactly alike, Grant?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They seem to be,&#8221; replied Grant, who had been carefully
+studying the two papers.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We can soon find out, anyway,&#8221; said John. &#8220;Let me
+have one of them and I&#8217;ll read it aloud. One of you fellows can
+watch the other and check up the numbers.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s a good scheme,&#8221; Grant agreed. &#8220;Here,
+String, you take this one and I&#8217;ll keep my eye on the numbers on
+the other as you call them off.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All ready?&#8221; said John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go ahead,&#8221; and this is what John read:</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;20-1-11-5-1-3-15-21-18-19-5-4-21-5-14-15-18-20-8-15-14-15-18-21-14-4-18-5-4-6-5-5-20-6-18-15-13-20-8-5-19-15-21-20-8-5-18-14-5-24-20-18-5-13-9-20-25-15-6-19-8-1-18-11-18-15-3-11-20-8-5-14-5-1-19-20-6-9-6-20-25-6-20-25-6-5-5-20-1-14-4-14-15-18-20-8-2-25-5-1-19-20-20-8-9-18-20-25-20-8-18-5-5-4-9-7.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Exactly the same,&#8221; announced Grant when John had
+finished. &#8220;Now what do you think about that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I believe it&#8217;s a code which tells where some pirates
+have buried treasure,&#8221; announced Fred decidedly. &#8220;I also
+believe that this is the island where it was done. How else do you
+account for our finding that duplicate in the chest here?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s strange all right,&#8221; said George. &#8220;I
+can explain it all in a different way, though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s that?&#8221; asked Grant curiously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Just this. Suppose all those numbers do make up a code and
+that they do give the key to some treasure or something. Isn&#8217;t it
+possible that the treasure was once in this empty chest, and some one
+found it and took it away? Evidently there were at least two people in
+the secret, as the two codes show. One of them got here first and took
+it away and as long as he had no more use for the code he left it.
+Doesn&#8217;t that sound reasonable?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, it does,&#8221; Fred admitted. &#8220;It&#8217;s not
+very cheerful, though, and I hope you are wrong about it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I hope so, too,&#8221; exclaimed George heartily.
+&#8220;It&#8217;s just as well to look at both sides,
+though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t believe your idea is right, Pop,&#8221; said
+Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why not?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Petersen got this code from his father, didn&#8217;t he?
+Well, if his father and the men he was with buried that treasure on
+this island it seems strange that this old powder-horn and flint-lock
+pistol should be here. Such things as that were used a good many years
+before Petersen&#8217;s father was alive.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who said his father was the one who buried the
+treasure?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I thought that was what some one said back there on the
+<i>Josephine</i>.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, indeed. They said Petersen&#8217;s father had the code,
+but I never heard that he was one of those who were supposed to have
+buried the treasure.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;At any rate,&#8221; put in George, &#8220;no matter who
+buried it, it doesn&#8217;t say that my theory is wrong. The pistol and
+the powder-horn may have been in the chest along with the treasure.
+Whoever found it thought they weren&#8217;t worth taking, so they were
+just thrown to one side.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why was the chest locked again?&#8221; asked John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know, I&#8217;m sure,&#8221; laughed Grant.
+&#8220;I give up.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not at all,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;Don&#8217;t say
+that. We can at least try to make out this code. That will give us
+something to do and I guess we are going to have plenty of time on our
+hands before we get away from here.&#8221; As he finished speaking he
+turned to scan the horizon, but nothing was in sight save the endless
+expanse of ocean. As far as appearances went they might have been alone
+in the world. The occasional note of a bird and the soft murmur of the
+waves as they caressed the beach below were the only sounds to be
+heard.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I guess we will,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;As you say,
+we can at least try to decipher it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m no good at such things,&#8221; exclaimed George.
+&#8220;I don&#8217;t believe I ever worked out a puzzle in all my
+life.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That doesn&#8217;t say you can&#8217;t do this, though, does
+it?&#8221; demanded Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, no. Perhaps I&#8217;ll get an idea some day and work the
+whole thing out for you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I have an idea right now,&#8221; said John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Better tell us what it is, quick,&#8221; urged George.
+&#8220;You may lose it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am not like some other people I know,&#8221; said John
+loftily.</p>
+
+<p>To this remark George made no intelligible answer, though he
+muttered something under his breath. &#8220;I&#8217;m glad of
+it,&#8221; was what two of his companions made out his reply to be.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s your idea, String?&#8221; asked Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I say to take possession of this cave and live
+here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s a good scheme,&#8221; exclaimed Fred heartily.
+&#8220;Let&#8217;s go and get our few belongings just as soon as we can
+and bring them up here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A fine idea,&#8221; agreed George. &#8220;String, I
+didn&#8217;t think you knew so much.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That proves that you know very little yourself, then,&#8221;
+replied John scornfully.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ha, ha. Good one, String,&#8221; cried Fred laughingly.
+&#8220;Give him another.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He is not worth bothering about,&#8221; said John.
+&#8220;Let&#8217;s get our things.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Down the side of the hill they scrambled, slipping and sliding down
+the steep decline. They came to the bottom in safety, however, and it
+was not long before they reached the spot where the baggage had been
+left.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where&#8217;s Sam?&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;He
+certainly can&#8217;t be sleeping still.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There he is,&#8221; said Fred, pointing down the beach.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s he got in his hand?&#8221; said George
+curiously. &#8220;It looks like a knife.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where could he get a knife?&#8221; exclaimed John.
+&#8220;Just as I told you a few minutes ago, Pop, you&#8217;ve
+certainly got something missing in that head of yours.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I thought maybe he&#8217;d gone around to the hardware store
+and bought it,&#8221; drawled George soberly with a wink at Grant. He
+loved to stir up his companions, and none of them more so than his tall
+friend, John, who almost invariably rose to any bait he might happen to
+offer.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What have you got there, Sam?&#8221; called Fred when the
+negro was within earshot.</p>
+
+<p>Sam merely grinned and waved the object he held in his hand to the
+boys.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;As I said before it certainly looks like a knife,&#8221;
+murmured George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is that, Sam?&#8221; asked Fred again when Sam had come
+up to the spot where the four boys were standing.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah&#8217;s makin&#8217; a knife,&#8221; said Sam proudly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where did you get the steel?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dat ain&#8217;t steel,&#8221; grinned Sam. &#8220;Dat am one
+o&#8217; dem iron hoops off o&#8217; dat dere bar&#8217;el o&#8217; water. Ah
+is gwine sharpen her up and den we&#8217;ll hab a sho&#8217; nuff
+knife.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m afraid it&#8217;ll never cut much,&#8221; laughed
+John. &#8220;No knife with a blade made of iron is apt to be much good.
+It&#8217;ll be all right to dig holes in the ground with,
+though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wait &#8217;til she&#8217;s sharpened,&#8221; warned Sam.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How are you going to sharpen it?&#8221; asked Grant
+curiously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;On a big black rock Ah done discovah roun&#8217; dat dere
+point.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The rock that looks like a shark,&#8221; exclaimed George.
+&#8220;That ought to be a good one, for it certainly seemed hard
+enough.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dat rock look lak a shark, yo&#8217; say?&#8221; remarked Sam
+suddenly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; said George. &#8220;Didn&#8217;t you think
+so?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now dat Ah comes to think on it, it sho&#8217; did,&#8221;
+said Sam. &#8220;Ah wondahs if dis yere can be de island.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you mean?&#8221; demanded Fred eagerly. &#8220;What
+island?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; said Sam, &#8220;evah sence Ah done commence to
+foller de sea Ah has heard tales of some island where dey is treasah
+buried. Dat island was said to hab a big rock on it what done look lak
+a shark. Mebbe this am de one.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where was this island?&#8221; asked George eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No one ebber knew,&#8221; said Sam. &#8220;All Ah knows is
+dat on dis island dey said dere was all so&#8217;ts ob treasah. Yo&#8217;
+could tell de pahtikelah island by its habbin&#8217; a big rock on it
+what done look lak a shark. Dat&#8217;s all Ah knows.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Did you ever meet any one who had seen the island?&#8221;
+inquired Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nebber,&#8221; replied Sam. &#8220;Some say dat de island
+done disappeah or dat de ocean had swallowed &#8217;er up. Dese was all
+stories Ah heard.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well!&#8221; exclaimed Fred, his eyes shining with
+excitement. &#8220;I certainly am in favor of finding out what those
+codes mean. Perhaps we&#8217;ll find something on this island after
+all. I&#8217;ll bet this is the one Sam has heard about all
+right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Seems so, doesn&#8217;t it?&#8221; agreed Grant. &#8220;We
+may get rich yet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The treasure was in that chest up there in the cave, I tell
+you,&#8221; said George. &#8220;Some one has been here and taken it
+away.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not at all,&#8221; cried Fred. &#8220;At any rate
+there&#8217;s more of it here. Didn&#8217;t you hear Sam say that he
+has heard about this island for years and years?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re not sure this is the one.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I&#8217;m pretty sure there aren&#8217;t two islands
+with rocks on them like that,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;A rock
+shaped just like a shark is so unusual that you see they identify the
+island by it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But why has no one ever found it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You just said they had,&#8221; Grant reminded him. &#8220;You
+also said that the treasure was gone. You are contradicting
+yourself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, you&#8217;d think some one would find it,&#8221;
+exclaimed George. &#8220;An island as big as this one couldn&#8217;t
+very well be overlooked if any one came near it at all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Apparently no one does come near it,&#8221; said Fred.
+&#8220;How many boats have we seen since the <i>Josephine</i>
+burned?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not one,&#8221; said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why is it?&#8221; demanded Fred. &#8220;In this day and age,
+when the ocean is so covered with ships, you&#8217;d certainly think
+we&#8217;d see at least one.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We never even saw any of the other lifeboats,&#8221; said
+John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s true,&#8221; Fred exclaimed. &#8220;How do you
+account for it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;It&#8217;s a strange
+thing all around.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, if we&#8217;re going to be stranded here for a few
+years we might just as well spend part of the time looking for the
+treasure,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;Everything seems to point to the
+fact that there is some here. That cave and the chest and the two codes
+and the queer rock that fits in so well with what Sam has heard,
+everything about it sounds like treasure and lots of it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If we could only be the ones to find it,&#8221; sighed John.
+&#8220;Just think of going home rich; rich with pearls and diamonds and
+emeralds and gold doubloons and bars of gold all dug up from some old
+pirate&#8217;s hiding place. If we only could!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps we can,&#8221; exclaimed Fred, much thrilled by
+John&#8217;s description of the wealth that might be theirs. &#8220;My
+opinion is that we must translate those codes first, though.
+Wouldn&#8217;t it be awful if they didn&#8217;t apply to this island
+after all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But they do,&#8221; insisted Grant. &#8220;I know they
+do.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And I think so, too,&#8221; exclaimed John.
+&#8220;Let&#8217;s go to work.&#8221;</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_16'></a>CHAPTER XVI<br /><span class='fss'>THE
+RIDDLE</span></h2>
+
+<p>Days passed and weeks rolled by. The four friends and their colored
+companion still remained on the mysterious island. The flag still flew
+from the hill and all day long one or another of the boys kept a
+lookout from a spot near by. No boat came to rescue them, however, and
+the little party of castaways had almost come to believe that the rest
+of their days were to be spent on this little island somewhere in an
+unknown sea.</p>
+
+<p>Once John on watch had seen smoke. Far off on the horizon appeared a
+smudge from the funnels of some passing steamer. It was too far away
+however to discover their signal or even to see their island. He had
+watched it hopefully until it finally disappeared over the rim of the
+ocean. That was the only sign of a vessel that had been sighted so
+far.</p>
+
+<p>However, the boys were not in want. Their clothes were becoming
+ragged and their hair unkempt, but they were well fed and healthy. If
+it had not been for the fact that they knew they could not leave they
+might have been measurably contented. They were now living in the cave
+as snug and comfortable as could be desired. The fact that they were
+short of clothes did not bother them, either, for the weather was warm
+and clothes were more of a burden than a necessity.</p>
+
+<p>As yet they had discovered no treasure. Hour after hour they had
+puzzled over the mysterious numbers on the parchment, but as yet no one
+had been able to solve their riddle.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It makes me mad,&#8221; said John one day. &#8220;I sit and
+stare at those crazy figures until it seems as if I must go crazy
+myself. I never get even a clew as to what they mean, but at the same
+time the more I study them the more sure I am that they have a
+meaning.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And I, too,&#8221; agreed Grant. &#8220;I know they mean
+something. I&#8217;m sure of it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Until we discover what it is we are practically
+helpless,&#8221; said John. &#8220;We can&#8217;t dig up the whole
+island looking for buried gold, you know. We must have
+directions.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I certainly would laugh,&#8221; exclaimed George, &#8220;if
+some one did find out what those figures mean and then we discovered
+that it didn&#8217;t apply to this island at all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What would be so funny in that?&#8221; demanded Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Think how you&#8217;d all be fooled.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, and you&#8217;d be just as badly off as any of
+us,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;If we don&#8217;t find any money, you
+won&#8217;t get anything any more than we will.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe he doesn&#8217;t like money,&#8221; said John.
+&#8220;He seems sort of hopeful that we won&#8217;t find
+any.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ve got to prove to me that you are going to find
+any first,&#8221; said George. &#8220;A set of funny looking numbers
+and a queer looking rock that Sam says he remembers hearing about and a
+cave with an empty chest in it doesn&#8217;t necessarily mean money, in
+my opinion.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dey does in mine,&#8221; exclaimed Sam, rolling his eyes
+rapturously towards heaven. &#8220;Ef we only could find dat treasah Ah
+sho&#8217; would show dem fresh coons back dar in Richmond a thing or
+two. Oh, Lawdy!&#8221; and Sam executed a few steps of a clog dance
+just to show his delight at the mere thought.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What would you do if you had a lot of money, Sam?&#8221;
+asked Grant smilingly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; began the enthusiastic darky, &#8220;de berry
+fust thing dat Ah would do would be to buy mahself de grandes&#8217;
+lookin&#8217; suit ob clothes yo&#8217; ebber did see.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What kind of a suit?&#8221; inquired Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A checked suit,&#8221; said Sam. &#8220;A checked suit wif
+black an&#8217; white checks as big as a postage stamp. Den Ah would
+get mahself some ob dem dare patent leather shoes. Den,&#8221; and Sam
+drew in his breath luxuriously, &#8220;Ah would purchase a bran&#8217;
+span red necktie an&#8217; square in de middle ob dat Ah would place de
+bigges&#8217; an&#8217; de grandes&#8217; diamon&#8217; ho&#8217;shoe
+yo&#8217; ebber set yo&#8217; eyes upon.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is that all you&#8217;d buy?&#8221; laughed George.</p>
+
+<p>Sam gave him a scornful look. &#8220;No, indeedy,&#8221; he
+maintained stoutly. &#8220;Nex&#8217; Ah would buy one o&#8217; dem
+high shiny hats and den a cane, den a pair of dem yaller gloves,
+an&#8217; say, mebbe dem niggahs back home wouldn&#8217; be jealous ob
+Samuel.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess they would, all right,&#8221; exclaimed Grant, much
+entertained by Sam&#8217;s description of the way he would spend his
+money. &#8220;Wouldn&#8217;t you buy anything but clothes,
+though?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ob co&#8217;se Ah would,&#8221; said Sam. &#8220;Not at de fust,
+though. Ah&#8217;d jest get mah new clothes on an&#8217; den walk down
+de street so&#8217;t ob cahless like an&#8217; in two minutes yo&#8217;
+gwine see ebbery wench in town jes&#8217; a follerin&#8217; me. Oh,
+say, golly, mebbe dem niggahs wouldn&#8217;t be jealous!&#8221; and Sam
+laughed aloud, the thought was so pleasant for him to contemplate.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I hope you get it, Sam,&#8221; said Fred heartily.
+&#8220;If you get it we all do.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Except Pop,&#8221; added Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why not me?&#8221; demanded George in an aggrieved tone.
+&#8220;Why don&#8217;t I get any?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Because you don&#8217;t think there&#8217;s anything here
+worth taking,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;You keep making fun of us all
+the time and telling us there is no treasure on the island. If you
+aren&#8217;t interested enough to do some work it seems only natural
+that you won&#8217;t want any of the treasure.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why, you little shrimp,&#8221; exclaimed George, pretending
+to be very angry and glowering down upon his stubby companion,
+&#8220;don&#8217;t you know that I have been joshing you fellows all
+this time? If there&#8217;s anything here worth working for you can be
+dead sure I&#8217;m willing to do my share. All I say is that you prove
+it to me first.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why should we prove it to you?&#8221; inquired Grant.
+&#8220;Why don&#8217;t you get to work and help us prove it to
+ourselves? After we have found where the stuff is any one can go and
+get it. What we want to know is the spot where it&#8217;s
+hidden.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Quite true,&#8221; George admitted. &#8220;At the same time
+you must admit that you are all taking a great deal for granted. You
+seem to think that there is no doubt about there being treasure on the
+island and also that this code when deciphered will tell you just where
+it is.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We hope that&#8217;s the case,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;Of
+course we can&#8217;t tell until we&#8217;ve found out what the code
+says. That&#8217;s what we&#8217;re trying to do now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re right,&#8221; agreed George. &#8220;We must get
+to work on it at once.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ve been at work on it ever since we struck this
+island,&#8221; said Fred warmly. &#8220;Where have you been all this
+time?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, when I get down to business we&#8217;ll soon solve the
+riddle,&#8221; said George pompously. &#8220;I&#8217;ll soon get an
+idea.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hit him, Grant,&#8221; cried John. &#8220;You&#8217;re
+nearest to him and we ought not to let such things live.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>George burst out laughing. &#8220;Forget those old numbers for a
+while,&#8221; he advised. &#8220;So far no one has been able to do
+anything with them, but if we let them alone for a few days we can go
+back to them with our minds fresh. Who knows, somebody might get an
+idea all of a sudden that would solve the whole business.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wish somebody would,&#8221; sighed Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Think of this, though,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;Suppose
+we do forget it all for a few days, as Pop suggests. In the meantime a
+boat might come along and take us away and our chance of ever finding
+the treasure would be gone.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right, Grant,&#8221; cried John. &#8220;We
+don&#8217;t want to lose an opportunity like this.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Can&#8217;t we take the code home with us?&#8221; said
+George. &#8220;We have all the rest of our lives to find out what it
+means and if it is worth while we can always come back.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How can we tell whether it is worth while or not until we see
+it?&#8221; asked Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Probably that code contains a description of what it
+is.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps it does,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;We&#8217;ll know
+better when we find out just what it does say. I&#8217;m in favor of
+keeping right at it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So am I, Grant,&#8221; exclaimed John. &#8220;Don&#8217;t let
+it rest for a second.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dat&#8217;s de boy!&#8221; cried Sam heartily. &#8220;Ah get
+dat diamon&#8217; ho&#8217;shoe yet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, and I hope you get a big automobile to go with it,
+Sam,&#8221; said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah hopes so mahself,&#8221; grinned Sam. &#8220;Say,
+wouldn&#8217;t dat be gran&#8217;?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll all have them,&#8221; said John.
+&#8220;We&#8217;ll have motor-boats and yachts, too, and maybe
+flying-machines.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stick a pin in that fellow, Fred,&#8221; urged George.
+&#8220;He&#8217;s asleep.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is that so?&#8221; exclaimed John. &#8220;At any rate,
+it&#8217;s cheap enough to dream.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s true,&#8221; laughed George. &#8220;Go ahead and
+dream if you like.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Some one of us ought to be able to read that code,&#8221;
+said Grant. &#8220;Why should a lot of figures get the better of us? We
+ought not to let them.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe the numbers mean letters,&#8221; George suggested.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ve all thought that ourselves,&#8221; said Grant
+grimly. &#8220;Just what letters, though?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let me see the thing,&#8221; exclaimed George. &#8220;What
+number occurs oftenest?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; mused Grant, looking over his
+shoulder. &#8220;I guess five does.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right then,&#8221; said George quickly; &#8220;now what
+is the commonest letter in the alphabet?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I thought of that, too,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;The trouble
+is that none of us know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That might be an idea, though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; admitted John, &#8220;but if we don&#8217;t know
+those things I don&#8217;t see how we can get very far.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nor I,&#8221; said George. &#8220;We might try some
+experiments, though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go ahead,&#8221; urged Grant. &#8220;Try everything you can
+think of. We&#8217;ve nothing to lose and everything to gain. No matter
+how silly an idea may seem to you, try it. That&#8217;s the only way we
+can ever get anywhere.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Right you are, Grant!&#8221; exclaimed Fred.
+&#8220;That&#8217;s the way to talk. If we stick to it, I know
+we&#8217;ll find out all about it some day.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps we will &#8216;some day,&#8217;&#8221; said George
+mournfully.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_17'></a>CHAPTER XVII<br /><span
+class='fss'>UNDERGROUND WORK</span></h2>
+
+<p>One day John was standing at the back of the cave looking up through
+the opening which was there. Here it was that the billy goat had given
+him such a fright a few weeks before. This time, however, he did not
+see any &#8220;white bearded old man&#8221; as he gazed up into the
+aperture, but he did spy something almost equally interesting.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hey, Fred!&#8221; he called. &#8220;Come here a
+minute.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Fred hastened to respond to his friend&#8217;s summons and soon
+reached the spot where John was standing.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you want, String?&#8221; he inquired.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look up through that opening.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; said Fred, doing as he had been directed.
+&#8220;I&#8217;m looking.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t you see anything?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sure I do. I see the sky.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t be silly, Fred,&#8221; exclaimed John. &#8220;In
+the opening, I mean.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I see dirt.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is that all?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Absolutely. What are you trying to do, anyway?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;About three feet this side of the other end; don&#8217;t you
+see something sticking out?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Fred squinted one eye and peered upward critically.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t you see a thing?&#8221; demanded John
+eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe I do,&#8221; replied Fred. &#8220;Is something sticking
+out up there?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s just what I thought. What is it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It looks like the end of a box.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Just what I thought myself,&#8221; exclaimed John
+triumphantly. &#8220;Let&#8217;s get it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We can&#8217;t reach it from this end.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know it. We&#8217;ll have to climb up on top of the
+hill.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come on,&#8221; urged Fred, now also keenly excited.</p>
+
+<p>Outside the cave, Grant sat puzzling over the numbers. Most of his
+time he now spent in this way, and though he was apparently no nearer a
+solution than when he had started, his determination was stronger than
+ever.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where are you two fellows going?&#8221; he demanded as John
+and Fred rushed past the spot where he was seated.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Just up on top of the hill,&#8221; said John evasively. He
+and Fred had decided not to tell any of the others of their discovery
+until they had investigated it thoroughly themselves.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You seem to be in an awful hurry,&#8221; remarked Grant.
+&#8220;What&#8217;s up?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Tell you later,&#8221; answered John, and they quickly passed
+out of Grant&#8217;s sight. A moment more and they had arrived at the
+top of the opening which led down into the cave.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t see anything from here,&#8221; exclaimed John,
+after a hasty examination. &#8220;The shadow of my head gets right in
+the way and I can&#8217;t see a thing.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let me look,&#8221; urged Fred, but he could make out nothing
+either.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I tell you what to do,&#8221; he exclaimed a moment later.
+&#8220;Hang onto my feet so I won&#8217;t fall and get wedged in there,
+and then lower me into the hole.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s a good scheme,&#8221; said John eagerly.
+&#8220;You&#8217;re little and skinny and ought to be able to get in
+there all right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Never mind the &#8216;little and skinny&#8217; part,&#8221; said
+Fred shortly. &#8220;You hold onto my feet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Anyone who might have passed by that way and seen John holding fast
+to a pair of legs sticking out of a hole in the ground would have been
+puzzled as to what was taking place. Grant&#8217;s curiosity had been
+aroused by the strange actions of his two friends and he had followed
+them. Imagine his surprise to see what John and Fred were doing, but he
+said nothing. He stood quietly near by and neither of his comrades was
+aware of his presence.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Can you see anything, Fred?&#8221; called John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not a thing,&#8221; came back the muffled reply. &#8220;I can
+feel something, though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is it a box?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t tell, I think it is.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Can you move it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should say not. It&#8217;s stuck fast.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you want to do?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Pull me out and I&#8217;ll tell you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>A moment later Fred emerged, his face covered with dirt.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What are you two doing?&#8221; demanded Grant, who now
+approached the two conspirators. &#8220;You look as though you were
+training to be a mole, Fred.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s a box down in there,&#8221; said Fred.
+&#8220;We want to get it out.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A box!&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;How big is
+it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I could only feel one end of it. It&#8217;s about a foot wide
+I should say. I don&#8217;t know how long it is for all the rest of it
+is buried in there.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Couldn&#8217;t you budge it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not an inch. We&#8217;ll have to dig it out.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll get that knife Sam made,&#8221; exclaimed John.
+&#8220;That&#8217;ll be just the thing.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sam&#8217;s up by the flag on watch,&#8221; Grant called as
+John started off. &#8220;I think he has the knife with him. Who
+discovered the box?&#8221; he inquired, turning to Fred. Grant was now
+as excited as the other two boys had been.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;John did,&#8221; said Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How did he happen to do it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, he was looking up from the bottom and just happened to
+see it. He showed it to me and we came up to investigate.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe this one has the real stuff in it,&#8221; said Grant
+excitedly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe so,&#8221; Fred agreed. &#8220;All I hope is that we
+can dig it out.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess we can,&#8221; said Grant confidently. &#8220;Here
+comes String now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>John came running up, out of breath, and handed the knife to Fred.
+&#8220;I told Sam we had discovered a box,&#8221; he panted. &#8220;Sam
+says that if there are any diamond horseshoes in it they belong to him.
+That&#8217;s the only condition on which he would let me have the
+knife.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; laughed Fred. &#8220;Sam gets all the
+horseshoes.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are you going to do the digging, Fred?&#8221; asked John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess I&#8217;d better. Let me have the knife.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Holding the home-made blade in his right hand he was once again
+lowered into the tunnel. John and Grant each held fast to one leg. It
+was hard work for Fred for he was in comparative darkness and was
+compelled to feel around to discover where to dig. It was practically
+impossible for him to see anything.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How&#8217;s it coming?&#8221; called John after a few moments
+had elapsed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; replied Fred, his voice sounding as if it
+came from the center of the earth. &#8220;I&#8217;m spilling a lot of
+dirt down into the cave though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Never mind that, as long as you don&#8217;t lose any of the
+money.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you really think there&#8217;s any gold or anything in
+that box?&#8221; said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m sure I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; John replied.
+&#8220;If Pop were here he&#8217;d be sure it was empty.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know it. Isn&#8217;t he a regular old gloom
+lately?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s not usually that way. At least he never used to
+be.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Something has come over him since we started work on that
+code. He thinks it&#8217;s very silly and that we are foolish to bother
+with it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll surprise him one of these days,&#8221; said John
+confidently.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I certainly hope so,&#8221; exclaimed Grant.</p>
+
+<p>While Fred dug they chatted and talked of the possibilities of their
+finding some long forgotten pirate&#8217;s treasure and making
+themselves rich and famous. Almost anyone would have been as thrilled
+as these boys were under the same circumstances. Petersen&#8217;s tale
+on board the <i>Josephine</i> and the strange code he had had; the
+finding of a similar one in the cave; the chest and the powder-horn and
+pistol; the queer black rock and Sam&#8217;s story in connection with
+it; all these events had combined to spur the four young adventurers on
+in their quest. Now they had discovered another odd looking box and
+with the hope that springs eternal in the human breast they were
+anxiously and eagerly awaiting a chance to examine its contents.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right. Pull me up,&#8221; came Fred&#8217;s summons at
+last.</p>
+
+<p>Slowly and carefully John and Grant lifted their companion out of
+the hole. Soon he emerged, the knife in one hand, the box in the other
+and with so much dirt and grime that its owner was scarcely
+recognizable.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You look like Sam,&#8221; remarked John, hardly able to
+restrain his mirth at Fred&#8217;s appearance.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Open the box and don&#8217;t get so personal,&#8221; advised
+Fred, wiping the dirt from his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>Grant was already busily engaged in examining the prize his friend
+had dug from its place in the earth. &#8220;This one is light,&#8221;
+he remarked. &#8220;I don&#8217;t suppose there is anything in it at
+all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Can you open it?&#8221; demanded John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Easily. There&#8217;s only a catch on it,&#8221; and Grant
+straightway lifted the cover.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;An envelope,&#8221; exclaimed Fred disappointedly. &#8220;All
+that work for nothing.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Grant, however, was opening the envelope and as he did so two gold
+pieces rolled out upon the ground. &#8220;Empty is it?&#8221; he cried.
+&#8220;How about those?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Say,&#8221; exclaimed John excitedly. &#8220;Just look at
+them. Are there any more?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Just this,&#8221; said Grant quietly and he spread a sheet of
+paper before the gaze of his two companions. &#8220;Do you recognize
+it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should know those figures in China now,&#8221; said Fred
+disgustedly. &#8220;It&#8217;s that same old code again.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know it,&#8221; said Grant, &#8220;but do you see
+what&#8217;s written across the top?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sure enough,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;What does it say,
+anyway?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;This tells where the rest of it is,&#8217;&#8221; Grant read
+aloud.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_18'></a>CHAPTER XVIII<br /><span class='fss'>IN THE
+WATER</span></h2>
+
+<p>John, Fred and Grant sat and looked at one another and at the two
+gold pieces which lay glittering in John&#8217;s hand. Then they looked
+at the third copy of the code which had turned up so strangely.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wish Pop were here,&#8221; remarked Grant grimly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why so?&#8221; inquired Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;d like him to see those gold pieces and I&#8217;d
+like him to see what is written across the top of this parchment. I
+think after that he wouldn&#8217;t be so sure there was no treasure on
+this island. We&#8217;ll convince him now quick enough.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let me see one of those coins,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;What
+are they, anyhow?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Spanish, I should say,&#8221; replied John.
+&#8220;They&#8217;re old ones.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should think so,&#8221; exclaimed Fred.
+&#8220;They&#8217;re worn, too, and the date is gone from this
+one.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This says seventeen something,&#8221; remarked John,
+examining the piece of gold which he held in his hand. &#8220;I
+can&#8217;t make out the rest of it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They must be a couple of hundred years old, all right,&#8221;
+said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you suppose they&#8217;ve been here all that
+time?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t tell you, Grant,&#8221; said John. &#8220;I do
+wish we could decipher that code though. This makes it look better than
+ever.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It surely does,&#8221; Grant agreed heartily.
+&#8220;I&#8217;ve thought of about everything under the sun, but
+nothing seems to work for a cent. I&#8217;d like to catch the fellow
+who made up that set of figures. He must have been a fiend.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not necessarily,&#8221; laughed Fred. &#8220;He was only
+trying to protect his property.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I guess he did that all right,&#8221; exclaimed Grant.
+&#8220;He certainly did as far as I am concerned.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The joke of it is,&#8221; said John, &#8220;that probably the
+whole thing is as simple as rolling off a log. All we need is the
+key.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; cried Grant, &#8220;but if we can&#8217;t find
+the key what good does it do us?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;None, I&#8217;ll admit,&#8221; replied John, &#8220;but we
+must find it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, it&#8217;s easy enough to say that,&#8221; exclaimed
+Grant bitterly. &#8220;I don&#8217;t notice anybody doing it,
+though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re not going to give it up are you, Grant?&#8221;
+asked Fred in surprise. &#8220;Why this is the best encouragement
+we&#8217;ve had yet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Give it up! Of course I&#8217;m not going to give it up. I
+don&#8217;t see much encouragement here though. I think it&#8217;s only
+more maddening. What we&#8217;ve found to-day only goes to prove that
+this code does tell where treasure is buried, but it doesn&#8217;t tell
+us how to read the code, does it? It only tantalizes us, but you can
+make up your mind that I&#8217;m not going to give up, even for a
+second.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What Pop said was probably true,&#8221; remarked John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What was that?&#8221; asked Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why, that all of a sudden somebody would get an idea and the
+whole thing will be solved. I think that&#8217;s what will happen
+myself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I hope so,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;I wish it would be
+soon, too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe Pop already has an idea,&#8221; laughed Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I doubt it,&#8221; said John. &#8220;Where is he
+anyway?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He went for a walk.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know. He just said he was going for a
+walk.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, let&#8217;s go down and take a swim,&#8221; exclaimed
+Fred. &#8220;It&#8217;s awfully hot and a little water certainly
+wouldn&#8217;t hurt me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should say not,&#8221; laughed John. &#8220;I never saw so
+much dirt on any man&#8217;s face in all my life. You&#8217;re a
+sight.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know it,&#8221; Fred agreed. &#8220;Still,&#8221; he added,
+&#8220;I found a couple of gold pieces, didn&#8217;t I? And I&#8217;m
+always willing to get dirty under those conditions.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess you are,&#8221; agreed John. &#8220;How much do you
+suppose they&#8217;re worth?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; said Grant, &#8220;they look to me about the
+size of a twenty-dollar gold piece. They ought to be worth thirty-five
+or forty dollars easily enough.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Just imagine finding a whole chest full of them,&#8221;
+exclaimed Fred, his eyes shining. &#8220;Why, we&#8217;d never have to
+do any work as long as we lived.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;d soon get tired of doing nothing, I&#8217;m
+afraid,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;Anyway we haven&#8217;t found them
+yet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t talk about it,&#8221; exclaimed John. &#8220;That
+code is the most maddening thing I ever saw.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The three boys now were walking down towards the shore. Their
+favorite spot in which to swim was the little ledge from which they had
+watched the many colored fish and the various forms of sea-life the
+first day they had landed on the island. Here the water was deep and
+the ledge made an excellent place from which to dive.</p>
+
+<p>A few moments later the three friends were puffing and blowing about
+in the water enjoying themselves immensely. Their bodies from long
+exposure to the rays of the tropical sun were tanned until they might
+have been easily mistaken for South Sea islanders or some other natives
+of the hot climates. Their hair, too, had grown long, for it had been
+many weeks since they had seen a barber. What few clothes they wore
+were beginning to hang in rags so that altogether they presented a
+strange appearance. Any chance visitor to their island might have
+thought he had run across the remnants of some wild race of
+savages.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, that was pretty good, I should say,&#8221; said John
+luxuriously as he stretched himself out on the rocks alongside his two
+companions.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It surely was,&#8221; agreed Fred. &#8220;This is about the
+best part of it, though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Lying out in the sun this way. Doesn&#8217;t it feel
+good?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It couldn&#8217;t be better,&#8221; agreed Grant.
+&#8220;Isn&#8217;t this a lazy life?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s a good one, though,&#8221; said John. &#8220;Just
+think, we haven&#8217;t a thing to worry about. All we have to do is
+swim and sleep and lie around in the sun.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should say we had plenty to worry about,&#8221; said
+Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Getting home, you mean?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes. We can&#8217;t stay here all our lives, you
+know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course not,&#8221; John agreed. &#8220;We&#8217;ll be
+picked up some day though, sure. We can&#8217;t do anything in the
+meantime that will help us to leave here, so what&#8217;s the use in
+worrying about it? That&#8217;s the way I feel.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s all right, too,&#8221; exclaimed Fred.
+&#8220;Still, it&#8217;s a very strange thing that we don&#8217;t ever
+see any boats. We may be here for years.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What if we are? That doesn&#8217;t make anything to worry
+about either.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How about the treasure?&#8221; demanded Grant.
+&#8220;Doesn&#8217;t that worry you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sometimes it does,&#8221; admitted John. &#8220;I&#8217;m
+principally worried for fear some boat will come along and take us away
+before we find it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s all go back to the cave and make another try at
+that code,&#8221; exclaimed Grant, springing to his feet.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve got to go in that water again before I do anything
+else,&#8221; said John. &#8220;It certainly is wonderful
+to-day.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; agreed Fred. &#8220;One more
+dive.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Three bodies flashed through the air and disappeared beneath the
+water with a resounding splash. A moment later and three heads came to
+the surface.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Coming out?&#8221; demanded Grant, blowing the water from his
+nostrils and shaking the hair out of his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think I&#8217;ll take a little swim,&#8221; said John.
+&#8220;I&#8217;ll be out in a minute.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll wait for you,&#8221; said Fred.
+&#8220;Don&#8217;t be long.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll be right out,&#8221; exclaimed John as he struck
+out with long powerful overhead strokes in the direction of the open
+sea.</p>
+
+<p>Grant and Fred clambered out upon the little ledge and began to put
+on the few pieces of clothing that they possessed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I certainly do feel fine,&#8221; exclaimed Fred as he took in
+a deep breath of the pure air that was blown upon them straight up from
+the waters of the sea. &#8220;The air is fine to-day.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, it ought to be, every day,&#8221; laughed Grant.
+&#8220;After it has traveled a couple of thousand miles across the
+water it ought to be pretty nearly pure.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And have no dust in it,&#8221; added Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;Where&#8217;s
+John?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t see him,&#8221; said Fred, turning to look for
+his companion. &#8220;I hope he didn&#8217;t try to swim out very far.
+That&#8217;s always a fool trick, I think.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where is he?&#8221; exclaimed Grant, somewhat alarmed at not
+discovering his friend.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There he is,&#8221; cried Fred suddenly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why out there. Don&#8217;t you see him?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s crazy,&#8221; said Grant angrily. &#8220;Why does
+he want to go so far out? He can swim just as well along shore and not
+take half the risk. Suppose anything should happen to him now, we
+couldn&#8217;t help him a bit.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look!&#8221; cried Fred suddenly, &#8220;there&#8217;s a
+shark.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Right behind John. He&#8217;s a goner now,&#8221; and Fred
+almost sobbed aloud.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;John! John!&#8221; shouted Grant at the top of his voice, but
+he knew it was hopeless to think of making himself heard at that
+distance.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s gone. He&#8217;s gone,&#8221; moaned Fred
+distractedly.</p>
+
+<p>The great black fin moved steadily along in back of the daring young
+swimmer. To the boys on the shore it seemed as if it approached nearer
+with every passing moment. Suddenly there was a great splashing in the
+immediate vicinity of where John was swimming.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_19'></a>CHAPTER XIX<br /><span
+class='fss'>SHARK</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s horrible,&#8221; cried Fred almost beside himself
+with anguish. &#8220;Oh, why did he swim out so far?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The splashing continued. The two boys on the shore stood and watched
+almost spellbound at the sight. Their faces were white and their hearts
+were like great lumps in their throats. Neither one had any thought
+other than that John had been attacked by the shark and was even now
+being torn to pieces by the great man-eater. They shut their eyes to
+hide the horror of the thing.</p>
+
+<p>Finally Grant looked again. The splashing had ceased and the water
+was calm around the spot where John had been. Suddenly he spied a head
+appearing far out from the shore.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There he is,&#8221; he cried suddenly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who? John?&#8221; demanded Fred. &#8220;Where?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Out there in the same place. He hasn&#8217;t gotten him
+yet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where&#8217;s the shark?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t see it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There it is,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;Between John and
+the shore.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Sure enough, the great black fin appeared once more sailing serenely
+about a few yards distant from John, but between him and land.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How can he get in?&#8221; cried Fred. &#8220;The shark is in
+the way.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;Certainly he
+can&#8217;t swim right at the shark.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He never will get in,&#8221; moaned Fred. &#8220;He&#8217;ll
+surely be killed.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s all right so far.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know. He missed him before but he won&#8217;t
+again.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe John can fight him off. You can&#8217;t
+tell.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There he goes again. He&#8217;s closing in.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The shark did seem to be moving towards John once more. Around and
+around in circles he went and even from the shore Grant and Fred could
+see their companion&#8217;s head turn so as always to keep his eyes
+fixed on his enemy.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We must go to him,&#8221; cried Fred. &#8220;We must do
+something.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What can we do? We&#8217;re helpless.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Can&#8217;t we swim out?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Suppose we did. We couldn&#8217;t do anything when we got
+there.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly the splashing was resumed. John and the shark both
+disappeared from sight as the water was thrown up in all directions
+around them.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s happened, Grant? I&#8217;m afraid to
+look.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think he drove him off.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are you sure?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes. There he is. He scared him away again.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He can&#8217;t keep that up forever, though,&#8221; moaned
+Fred. &#8220;He must be getting pretty nearly exhausted by
+now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look!&#8221; cried Grant suddenly. &#8220;Here comes
+Sam.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Running towards them at top speed and throwing off his clothes as he
+ran came Sam. In his teeth was the long knife he had made so
+laboriously and spent so many hours to sharpen.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s he going to do?&#8221; cried Fred in wonderment.
+&#8220;Where are you going, Sam?&#8221; he called as the negro came up
+to the spot where the two boys stood.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah&#8217;ll get &#8217;im,&#8221; muttered Sam, and without
+waiting for another thing he plunged headlong into the water. A moment
+later he reappeared, the knife still in his mouth, and with powerful
+strokes struck out for John and the hungry giant that threatened
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s he going to do, Grant?&#8221; exclaimed
+Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know. Watch him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you think he can kill the shark with that
+knife?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s evidently going to try.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;ll be too late.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>John was perhaps a hundred and fifty yards from shore now. Slowly he
+was nearing land and safety, but could he reach it? The great shark
+still circled around and around the unfortunate boy, evidently waiting
+for some moment when John should be off his guard to give him an
+opportunity to strike. John was determined that this should not happen,
+however, and he watched the shark just as closely as he himself was
+watched. First he swam on one side and then on the other, then on his
+back and then on his stomach. Not for a second did he relax his
+watchfulness.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look at Sam go!&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;He&#8217;s a
+marvelous swimmer.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s that all right, but I wish he would get
+there.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There goes the shark,&#8221; cried Grant, and as he spoke the
+big fin could be seen to shoot with lightning-like rapidity in close to
+the spot where John was. A great splashing immediately followed and
+then the fin appeared once more some ten or twelve yards distant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Whew! That was close,&#8221; gasped Grant, his lips ashen
+with terror.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s getting desperate,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;He
+knows that unless he can get John before he comes much closer to shore
+his chance is gone.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hurry, Sam!&#8221; shouted Grant with all his strength.
+&#8220;Keep it up, John!&#8221; he called. &#8220;You&#8217;ll be all
+right in a minute!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He will not,&#8221; said Fred in a low voice.
+&#8220;He&#8217;ll be gone in a minute.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No he won&#8217;t,&#8221; cried Grant. &#8220;Sam is almost
+there.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Forty yards is a lot.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hurry, Sam! Hurry!&#8221; begged Grant. &#8220;You must
+hurry!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look!&#8221; cried Fred. &#8220;The shark must have seen him.
+He&#8217;s going away.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not &#8216;away,&#8217;&#8221; Grant corrected. &#8220;He&#8217;s
+just backing up a little.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Sure enough the shark moved out a little toward the ocean and the
+fin stood almost still as if it might be debating what should be done
+next. Evidently the arrival of a second foe had puzzled him. Sharks are
+not known especially for their bravery. Rather they are scavengers that
+feed on the ocean&#8217;s refuse, and they must be very hungry indeed
+to attack a man unless they have him at a disadvantage. Grant and Fred
+were aware of this fact, but they feared that this particular shark was
+very hungry and that he did have John at a disadvantage.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe he&#8217;ll go away now that there are two of
+them,&#8221; said Fred hopefully.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t be too sure,&#8221; warned Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;ll attack soon if he&#8217;s going to,
+though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, he&#8217;ll have to. The water gets pretty shallow in a
+little closer.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look at Sam,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;He&#8217;s sending
+John on ahead of him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;John must be pretty tired now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should think so.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;ll be all right in a minute, though. A few more
+yards and he&#8217;ll be out of danger.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There goes the shark again,&#8221; cried Fred suddenly.
+&#8220;This is about his last chance and it won&#8217;t be so easy to
+drive him off this time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Around and around the two swimmers the shark circled. He moved with
+amazing rapidity, and it seemed as if the two hard-pressed and tired
+swimmers must become dizzy if they followed his every move.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;ll fly around them like that,&#8221; said Grant,
+&#8220;until he sees a good chance and then you&#8217;ll see him strike
+like lightning.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They mustn&#8217;t give him a chance,&#8221; muttered Fred
+doggedly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They won&#8217;t if they can help it, you may be sure of
+that.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There he goes!&#8221; cried Fred. &#8220;No, not yet,&#8221;
+he corrected himself.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;ll strike, all right. Just watch him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If Sam can only use that knife.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe he won&#8217;t attack Sam.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They&#8217;re awfully close together now,&#8221; said Fred.
+&#8220;If he goes for John, Sam can stick him and if he goes for Sam,
+why he has the knife right there.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The old knife will never go through that shark&#8217;s
+hide,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;It&#8217;s almost as hard as sheet
+steel.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Here&#8217;s the test anyway,&#8221; cried Fred, and as he
+spoke the giant fin could be seen darting suddenly towards the two
+swimmers. Just before it reached them it disappeared beneath the
+surface of the water.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He has turned bottom side up to bite,&#8221; muttered Grant,
+fully understanding just what was taking place.</p>
+
+<p>Sam and John had noted the approach of their enemy and both realized
+that the crisis of the whole affair was now at hand. If they could
+elude him this once, the chances were that they could reach shallow
+water where the shark would not dare to follow them. They both began to
+kick violently and splash as much as possible with their hands; they
+shouted and yelled; they did everything which they thought might
+possibly aid them in scaring the great ugly fish away.</p>
+
+<p>Grant and Fred on the shore held their breath while all this was
+taking place and their hearts almost stopped beating. With feverish
+anxiety they awaited the result of the battle taking place before their
+very eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s John,&#8221; cried Grant suddenly.
+&#8220;Where&#8217;s Sam?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t see him. I don&#8217;t see the shark
+either.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The splashing has stopped. Sam must have been
+killed.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, no,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;Don&#8217;t say that.
+It can&#8217;t be.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where is he then?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look!&#8221; cried Fred.</p>
+
+<p>The water some five or ten yards behind John was suddenly churned
+into froth. Red, bloody froth it was and evidently some gigantic
+struggle was going on. All at once, just on the outside of the
+miniature maelstrom, appeared a small round, black object.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s Sam!&#8221; shouted Grant.</p>
+
+<p>Sure enough. Sam was still alive and without wasting a moment he
+struck out boldly for the shore. John was ahead of him, but he was soon
+overhauled by the powerful negro and side by side the two swimmers
+plowed through the sea. Behind them the waters were still churned by
+the struggles of the great shark, but they were rapidly becoming
+weaker.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sam killed the shark,&#8221; exclaimed Fred, almost overcome
+by the suddenness and the unexpectedness of the event.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It looks so,&#8221; agreed Grant. &#8220;I didn&#8217;t think
+it was possible.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nor I. Imagine the nerve he had, and that old knife certainly
+did do the work after all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, John owes his life to Sam all right. He surely would
+have been killed if he had been left out there alone.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not a doubt of it. I don&#8217;t see how Sam managed
+it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll find out in a minute. John must be about
+exhausted too; Sam is helping him in.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Want any help, you two?&#8221; called Fred to the two
+swimmers who were rapidly approaching the shore.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, thanks,&#8221; said John in reply. &#8220;Sam will get us
+in.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Grant and Fred leaned far out over the water and extended their
+hands to the two swimmers who were only a few feet distant now. A
+moment later and they had drawn John up on the shore, where he lay
+panting, his strength practically all used up. When they turned to
+assist Sam, however, they found their negro friend clambering up
+without the least bit of trouble.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the matter with your shoulder, Sam?&#8221;
+exclaimed Grant in alarm.</p>
+
+<p>The skin seemed to be all torn away and the blood was flowing freely
+from Sam&#8217;s right shoulder. Just what had happened, it was
+impossible to say.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_20'></a>CHAPTER XX<br /><span class='fss'>TALKING IT
+OVER</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dat,&#8221; said Sam, referring to Grant&#8217;s question
+concerning his shoulder, &#8220;am wheah Ah come in too clost contack
+wif dat sha&#8217;k.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Did he bite you?&#8221; exclaimed Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, indeed. He jes&#8217; nachully done rub up again&#8217;
+me, dat&#8217;s all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But just rubbing against you wouldn&#8217;t tear you up like
+that,&#8221; protested Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Am dat so? Ah don&#8217;t reckon yo&#8217; all evah seen a
+sha&#8217;k at front han&#8217; ef yo&#8217; say dat. Have yo&#8217; evah
+felt a sha&#8217;k&#8217;s skin?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, I haven&#8217;t. Is it rough?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Have you evah felt san&#8217; paper?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Lots of times. Is it as rough as that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Lawdy,&#8221; exclaimed Sam. &#8220;In compahson wif a
+sha&#8217;k&#8217;s skin Ah tell yo&#8217; dat san&#8217; paper am lak
+velvet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should say it was rough, then,&#8221; laughed Fred.
+&#8220;Doesn&#8217;t that hurt?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It must,&#8221; Grant broke in, &#8220;and it ought to be
+attended to at once.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dat&#8217;s nothin&#8217;,&#8221; said Sam carelessly.
+&#8220;She&#8217;ll be all right soon.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know,&#8221; Grant protested, &#8220;but just look at it
+bleed.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All de bettah. When she bleed lak dat dey&#8217;s no chance
+ob poison.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But it ought to be stopped now. Come up by the spring where
+there&#8217;s cold water and let me bathe it for you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go ahead, Sam,&#8221; urged John, looking up and speaking for
+the first time since he had been brought ashore.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right,&#8221; agreed Fred. &#8220;I&#8217;ll
+stay here with John.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No one need stay with me,&#8221; said John. &#8220;I&#8217;m
+getting my wind back now and as soon as I get a little strength
+I&#8217;ll be as good as ever.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What made you swim so far out anyway?&#8221; demanded
+Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know. I guess I was crazy.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You were worse than that,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;You
+were a fool.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t tell me that; I know it myself now. We always do
+when it&#8217;s too late.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I can tell you one thing,&#8221; said Grant warmly.
+&#8220;You wouldn&#8217;t be here now if it hadn&#8217;t been for
+Sam.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Right you are,&#8221; John agreed. &#8220;I certainly owe my
+life to you, Sam.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah guess mebbe Ah will bafe mah shouldah,&#8221; said Sam,
+much embarrassed and ill at ease from all the compliments that were
+being given him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll all go with you,&#8221; said John.
+&#8220;I&#8217;m all right now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And we&#8217;ll make Sam tell us how he did it,&#8221; added
+Fred eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right, Sam,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;Tell
+us all about it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; began Sam slowly, &#8220;Ah doan&#8217; know
+jes&#8217; what dey is to tell. Ah jes&#8217; took dis heah knife wot
+yo&#8217; all done make so much fun ob, an&#8217; Ah jes&#8217; stick
+ol&#8217; mistah sha&#8217;k plum&#8217; in de belly wid it. Dat&#8217;s all
+dey was to it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But, Sam,&#8221; Fred protested, &#8220;how did you get close
+enough to him? Did he attack you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah reckon as how he did do dat,&#8221; said Sam. &#8220;He
+jes&#8217; came a swimmin&#8217; right at me and natchully dey was only
+one thing foh me to do.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Naturally,&#8221; laughed Grant, &#8220;but tell us how you
+happened to get a good chance at him and not be bitten.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;When Ah seen dat sha&#8217;k a comin&#8217; at me,&#8221; continued
+Sam, &#8220;Ah knowed dat he meant business. Ah took mah knife in mah
+right han&#8217; an&#8217; Ah jes&#8217; sunk a tweeny bit below de
+sufface ob de watah. He seen me an&#8217; he come right foh me too. Ah
+waited foh him to turn belly up &#8217;cause Ah knowed dat what he &#8217;bliged to
+do befoh he able to use dem razah teeth ob his&#8217;n. Sho&#8217; nuff
+jes&#8217; befoh he reach me, ovah he go and den was mah chance. Ah
+sho&#8217; did let &#8217;im have it an&#8217; Ah guess he ain&#8217;
+gwine bothah no more peoples.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You must have been under water a long time,&#8221; remarked
+Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not so berry long,&#8221; said Sam. &#8220;Dat ol&#8217;
+sha&#8217;k didn&#8217;t waste no time about what he doin&#8217; an&#8217;
+yo&#8217; bet Ah didn&#8217;t neither.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess not,&#8221; laughed Grant. &#8220;When did he hit
+your shoulder?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Right after Ah done stick &#8217;im. Soon&#8217;s Ah let
+&#8217;im hab de knife he done commence thrashin&#8217; &#8217;round
+somethin&#8217; terrible. &#8217;Fore Ah could get out ob his way he done hit
+me a swipe wid dat ol&#8217; tail ob his an&#8217; dar yo&#8217; see
+it.&#8221; Sam indicated his shoulder, which was still bleeding, though
+not as freely as before.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, all I can say is,&#8221; exclaimed Fred, &#8220;that
+you ought to have a medal. I swear I don&#8217;t see how anyone could
+have the nerve to fight a shark in the water. Why, I&#8217;d be afraid
+of one lying half dead on the beach.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So should I,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;How big was that
+fellow anyway, John?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, I don&#8217;t know. He must have been nearly eighteen
+feet though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come on here,&#8221; said Fred skeptically, &#8220;you
+can&#8217;t make us believe a thing like that. Eighteen feet; why,
+that&#8217;s three times as long as you are.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know it is. I realized that when I said it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is he right, Sam?&#8221; demanded Fred. &#8220;Was the shark
+as big as that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah should say he was jes&#8217; about dat size,&#8221;
+replied Sam seriously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; laughed Fred. &#8220;I won&#8217;t argue
+with you, but that&#8217;s easily the biggest fish story I ever
+heard.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It was the biggest fish I ever saw,&#8221; said John grimly.
+&#8220;Whew!&#8221; and he shuddered at the recollection.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What did you think when you saw him first?&#8221; asked Grant
+curiously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I was nearly scared to death,&#8221; said John so solemnly
+that everybody laughed. &#8220;I was swimming along easily and just
+taking my time when I suddenly had a feeling that something was near
+me. I looked around and sure enough, over the top of a little wave, I
+saw that fin. I tell you it gave me the creeps and I honestly thought
+my last day had come. I knew it was only a question of time before he
+attacked me and I watched him pretty closely, I can tell you. All the
+while I kept trying to get in nearer to shore, but I was afraid to swim
+fast for I knew that if I did I couldn&#8217;t watch the shark and that
+he would get me from behind.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A nice feeling,&#8221; remarked Fred grimly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should say so. Well, in a minute I saw him coming and I
+began to kick and splash with all my might. I didn&#8217;t think it
+would be of any use, but I had to do something. Imagine my surprise
+when I saw him veer away from me. I knew he&#8217;d be back though and
+sure enough he was, and again I scared him away, but I knew it
+couldn&#8217;t last forever. He was getting more determined and closer
+to me each time and Sam got there none too soon I can tell
+you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How did you know what was happening, Sam?&#8221; demanded
+Grant. &#8220;I thought you were on watch up by the flag.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So Ah was. Ah could see jes&#8217; the same, couldn&#8217;t
+Ah?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess you could,&#8221; laughed Grant. &#8220;It&#8217;s
+lucky you could too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe a ship has passed while we were down here,&#8221;
+remarked Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A fine chance,&#8221; said John skeptically. &#8220;No ships
+ever pass here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This island reminds me of that old story about the farmer at
+the circus,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;He looked at the giraffe for a
+long time and then finally turned away in disgust. &#8216;Oh, shucks,&#8217;
+he said, &#8216;there ain&#8217;t no such animal.&#8217; That&#8217;s the way
+I feel about this island. There isn&#8217;t any such place.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It does seem so, doesn&#8217;t it?&#8221; laughed Fred.
+&#8220;At any rate all the boats seem to avoid it. We may never get a
+chance to use that signal.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>On the summit of the hill near the spot where George&#8217;s shirt
+did duty as a flag the boys had prepared a great pile of driftwood. The
+moment a ship was sighted this pyre was to be lighted to attract the
+attention of those on board the boat.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dey&#8217;s plenty ob people wot would lak to find dis island
+all right,&#8221; said Sam confidently. &#8220;Ah knows piles ob
+sailors wot would gib dere eye teeth to see dis yere island wid de
+sha&#8217;k rock on it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, we found it all right,&#8221; exclaimed Grant,
+&#8220;and from the look of things it is just as hard for us to get
+away from it as it is for most people to find it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ve done better than most of them anyway,&#8221; said
+Fred. &#8220;We&#8217;ve found the island but we can&#8217;t find the
+treasure. Most people can&#8217;t even find the island.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It hasn&#8217;t done us any good so far,&#8221; said Grant.
+&#8220;Now that we&#8217;re on this wonderful island what are we going
+to do about it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Solve the code,&#8221; replied Fred promptly. &#8220;Once
+that is done the rest is easy.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The same old cry,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;That code is
+beginning to haunt my dreams. I think of it all day and I dream of it
+all night.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps you&#8217;ll find the answer to it in a dream some
+time,&#8221; suggested John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If I only could,&#8221; sighed Grant disconsolately.
+&#8220;Come on,&#8221; he added, &#8220;let&#8217;s go back to the
+cave. Have you fixed your shoulder up all right, Sam?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It am as good as ebber,&#8221; replied Sam cheerily.</p>
+
+<p>They made their way along the bank of the little stream that flowed
+down from the spring. A soft breeze stirred the palm trees and the
+tropical foliage was brilliant. It would have been difficult to find
+any more beautiful spot than this little island, set like a jewel, on
+the bosom of the sparkling sea. The spell of it affected every member
+of the party and few words were spoken as they walked along.</p>
+
+<p>Soon they came within sight of the cave.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s Pop,&#8221; exclaimed John. &#8220;It&#8217;s
+about time he got back.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;ll certainly be excited when he hears about the
+shark,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;I wish he had been there with
+us.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s been up to something himself probably,&#8221; said
+Fred. &#8220;You can trust him for stirring things up, no matter where
+he is.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I guess he has been up to something,&#8221; exclaimed
+John. &#8220;Look at what he&#8217;s got up there.&#8221;</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_21'></a>CHAPTER XXI<br /><span class='fss'>A NEW
+MEMBER</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come on,&#8221; cried John excitedly. &#8220;Let&#8217;s get
+up there and see it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How do you suppose he ever did it?&#8221; exclaimed Grant.
+&#8220;He&#8217;s a great one, all right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Scrambling and hustling up over the rocks George&#8217;s four
+companions vied with one another as to who should be the first to reach
+the cave. John&#8217;s long legs would ordinarily have won the race for
+him, but he was weakened by the effects of his experience in the water,
+and Grant outdistanced him. The rest were close behind, however, and
+all arrived almost together.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where did you get it, Pop?&#8221; demanded Grant eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, down at the other end of the island,&#8221; said George
+evasively.</p>
+
+<p>His face was wreathed in smiles, however, and he was very proud of
+his exploit.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t see how you did it,&#8221; exclaimed Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m clever.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t get funny,&#8221; warned Grant.
+&#8220;We&#8217;ll take it out of you if you get fresh.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You can&#8217;t touch me now,&#8221; said George loftily.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the reason we can&#8217;t?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Because if you do, I&#8217;ll&#8211;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He did not finish the sentence. Instead he leaped to his feet and
+hanging on to one hand howled with pain. His friends, however, instead
+of sympathizing with him, all with one accord shrieked delightedly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Whew!&#8221; cried George feelingly. &#8220;He&#8217;s a good
+biter all right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He,&#8221; in this case referred to a small green parrot
+which George had been holding in both hands. In some way it had
+wriggled loose from his grasp and twisting its head around had taken a
+good sized bit of flesh out of the back of his hand. This was the cause
+of George&#8217;s pain and his friends&#8217; mirth.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Put a muzzle on him, Pop,&#8221; advised Fred.
+&#8220;He&#8217;s dangerous.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He certainly is,&#8221; agreed George. &#8220;I&#8217;m
+afraid he&#8217;ll bite that string in half too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How did you catch him?&#8221; inquired Grant curiously.
+&#8220;Did you put salt on his tail?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>George gave the speaker a scornful look. &#8220;I caught him,&#8221;
+he replied, &#8220;because he has a broken wing and can&#8217;t fly
+very well. It wasn&#8217;t any easy job, though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How did he break his wing?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know. I didn&#8217;t ask him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Say, you&#8217;re getting awfully fresh,&#8221; exclaimed
+Grant, pretending that he was angry. &#8220;Can&#8217;t you be serious
+and tell us how you caught him?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Certainly I can, I was walking down around the end of the
+island when I spied this fellow on the ground. I went up close to him
+and he just flopped up and down and evidently could use only one wing.
+I saw right away that it was broken and decided right there and then
+that he ought to belong to me. I chased him all around for I
+don&#8217;t know how long and finally I grabbed him by the tail
+feathers and hung on. It was no easy thing to do though and I can tell
+you I nearly gave it up any number of times. Just as I&#8217;d get up
+close to him and make a grab at him, he&#8217;d hop away and when I did
+catch him he tried his best to bite me. He&#8217;s got plenty of spunk
+all right,&#8221; and George looked ruefully at his bleeding hand.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are you going to tame him?&#8221; asked John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m going to do my best.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you think he&#8217;ll stay around here?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He will as long as he&#8217;s tied, that&#8217;s sure. I got
+that string off that old tarpaulin; you know the one we had in the
+life-boat when we left the <i>Josephine</i>.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You ought to clip his wings,&#8221; said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know it and I intend to, too. I was just waiting for some
+of you fellows to come back and help me. Where have you been
+anyway?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The whole story of John and the shark was related to George, who was
+naturally very much interested in the account.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wish I&#8217;d been there to see it,&#8221; he exclaimed
+ruefully.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, you don&#8217;t either,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;I saw it
+all, but I can tell you I didn&#8217;t enjoy the experience very
+much.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nor I,&#8221; agreed Grant. &#8220;It was too harrowing for
+me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t suppose John had much fun either,&#8221; said
+George. &#8220;As far as I can see Sam was the only one who got any
+pleasure out of it at all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How about that, Sam?&#8221; demanded Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, Ah didn&#8217;t mind it so powerful much,&#8221; grinned
+Sam.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Would you want to do it every day?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah cain&#8217;t say as how Ah would. One ob dem sha&#8217;ks might
+get me sometime.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Suppose the shark had swallowed John,&#8221; George remarked.
+&#8220;He&#8217;s so tall and skinny that he never could have gotten
+him down and there he&#8217;d stuck right in his throat. He&#8217;d
+been worse than Jonah and the whale.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are you going to stand for that, Spike?&#8221; inquired Fred
+mischievously, hoping to start an argument of some kind.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He has to,&#8221; said George. &#8220;He has nothing to say
+about the matter at all,&#8221; and he assumed a careless and
+indifferent air.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If I wasn&#8217;t so weak just now I certainly would make him
+eat those words,&#8221; exclaimed John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You hear that?&#8221; demanded George. &#8220;It&#8217;s
+always &#8216;if&#8217; with him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And you always pick on a man when he&#8217;s down,&#8221;
+retorted John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How about me? Just look at the terrible wound I have on the
+back of my hand.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; said Grant, &#8220;the parrot thought you were
+bird seed.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Or a cracker,&#8221; added Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right,&#8221; cried George, pretending to be
+greatly hurt. &#8220;You all always take sides against me. Still
+it&#8217;s an even match at that.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess we&#8217;d better take some of that conceit out of
+him, don&#8217;t you?&#8221; exclaimed Grant slowly advancing towards
+George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I should say so,&#8221; cried Fred eagerly, and a
+moment later George was at the bottom of a pile of four boys, three of
+whom busied themselves with poking him in the ribs, jouncing up and
+down on his stomach and in every other way possible making it just as
+uncomfortable as they could for him.</p>
+
+<p>Everyone was laughing and in good humor, however. Seldom it was that
+any of these boys lost his temper, for they had learned long ago just
+how foolish a proceeding that was. The one who gets angry is always
+teased, but there is no satisfaction in plaguing a boy who ignores it
+or gives as good as he receives and always keeps his temper under
+control.</p>
+
+<p>Finally George was released and all four boys rose to their feet
+laughing and good natured. Sam had been a greatly interested spectator
+of these proceedings and had enjoyed them greatly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Say,&#8221; he exclaimed, &#8220;dey am jus&#8217; about as
+bad as fightin&#8217; sha&#8217;ks.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You notice it took three of them to do it though, don&#8217;t
+you, Sam?&#8221; exclaimed George, weak from laughter and loss of
+breath.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Want some more?&#8221; demanded Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If you&#8217;ll come one at a time, I&#8217;m
+willing.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dat&#8217;s de way,&#8221; exclaimed Sam. &#8220;One at a
+time. Dat&#8217;s fair.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll postpone it till to-morrow,&#8221; said Grant.
+&#8220;I&#8217;m winded.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re afraid of me,&#8221; taunted George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, go and play with your parrot,&#8221; exclaimed Fred.
+&#8220;You&#8217;re a bird yourself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Where is he?&#8221; demanded George. &#8220;I&#8217;d almost
+forgotten him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There he is,&#8221; said Fred laughingly. &#8220;He looks
+like a little old man sitting up there on that rock.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s all right; don&#8217;t you worry about him,&#8221;
+said George. &#8220;He&#8217;s my friend.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It looked so when he ate the back of your hand off,&#8221;
+laughed Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s just the way he shows his affection,&#8221;
+exclaimed George. &#8220;He didn&#8217;t mean anything by
+that.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, if that&#8217;s the case,&#8221; said Grant,
+&#8220;I&#8217;m certainly glad he doesn&#8217;t care anything about
+me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Catch him, Pop,&#8221; urged John, &#8220;and we&#8217;ll
+clip his wings.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Will you help me? I don&#8217;t want to lose him now after
+all the trouble I had to get him. I think I can tame him,
+too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sure you can. Get him over here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How can I do it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll show you,&#8221; exclaimed John. &#8220;Watch
+me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>He seized hold of the string that was tied around the parrot&#8217;s
+leg and began to haul in hand over hand. The poor bird fluttered and
+struggled indignantly but all to no avail. He was quickly pulled along
+until he was at John&#8217;s feet when George grabbed him and held him
+securely.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now how can we cut his wings?&#8221; demanded Fred. &#8220;We
+have no scissors.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We have knives, haven&#8217;t we?&#8221; exclaimed
+George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But are they sharp enough?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mine is.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So am mine,&#8221; said Sam. &#8220;It suttinly done fix dat
+sha&#8217;k all right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m afraid it&#8217;s a little too big for a parrot
+though,&#8221; laughed Grant. &#8220;Don&#8217;t you think
+so?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;P&#8217;raps it am,&#8221; admitted Sam. &#8220;It&#8217;s
+sho&#8217; a good knife dough.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Spread his wings out on the rock here,&#8221; directed John.
+&#8220;I&#8217;ll cut the tips off his feathers so he can&#8217;t fly
+away.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t hurt him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No danger of that. You just hold him still.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The operation was quickly performed and a few moments later the
+little green bird was angrily stalking away, shaking his ruffled
+feathers and uttering indignant squawks at every step.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look at him,&#8221; laughed Grant. &#8220;My, but he&#8217;s
+mad.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;So would you be,&#8221; said George. &#8220;Imagine being
+treated like that by someone about a hundred times as big as you
+are.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It would rouse me a little,&#8221; admitted Grant.
+&#8220;What are you going to name him?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know. What&#8217;s a good name,
+anyway?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Call him Snip,&#8221; suggested Fred. &#8220;He certainly
+took a snip out of you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s a good one,&#8221; exclaimed George. &#8220;His
+name is Snip.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ll have to teach him his name now, Pop,&#8221; said
+Grant. &#8220;That&#8217;ll give you something to do and keep you out
+of mischief.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I want him to talk, too,&#8221; said George, &#8220;and I
+want him to get so tame that he&#8217;ll ride around on my shoulder
+wherever I go.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And he&#8217;ll peck your eye out,&#8221; said John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, I guess not. He&#8217;ll be all right after a
+while.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How are you going to go about teaching him to talk?&#8221;
+demanded John. &#8220;I suppose he&#8217;ll have to learn the alphabet
+first,&#8221; and he nudged Grant as he spoke.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, yes, of course,&#8221; laughed George sarcastically.
+&#8220;You&#8217;re all pretty smart.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why, Pop,&#8221; said John, soothingly, &#8220;it
+wouldn&#8217;t take long. There are only twenty-six letters in
+it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What did you say?&#8221; cried Grant, suddenly springing to
+his feet.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I said there were twenty-six letters in the
+alphabet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hooray!&#8221; shouted Grant, and he began to dance around
+like a wild man. &#8220;I&#8217;ve got it. I&#8217;ve got it,&#8221; he
+repeated excitedly over and over again.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_22'></a>CHAPTER XXII<br /><span class='fss'>A
+CLUE</span></h2>
+
+<p>Grant&#8217;s companions sat and looked at him in amazement not
+unmixed with alarm. They could see no reason for his strange behavior
+and were at a complete loss what to make of it. They watched their
+comrade execute a war dance around the entrance to the cave for some
+moments and finally disappear within, uttering one last triumphant
+whoop.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What struck him?&#8221; exclaimed John in perplexity.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s gone crazy I guess,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;I
+can&#8217;t think of anything else.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah believe yo&#8217; am right,&#8221; said Sam in a hollow
+voice. &#8220;Ef he try to mess me up Ah sho&#8217; gwine use dis
+knife.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Put that away, Sam,&#8221; said John, sharply.
+&#8220;Don&#8217;t be silly.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But ef he&#8217;s crazy,&#8221; protested Sam, &#8220;Ah
+suttinly boun&#8217; proteck mahself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s not crazy,&#8221; exclaimed George.
+&#8220;He&#8217;ll be out in a minute and tell us just what is wrong
+with him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go and see what he&#8217;s doing, Pop,&#8221; urged Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I will not. He said he&#8217;d got it and he might get me,
+too. What do you suppose he was talking about anyway?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Here he comes now. Ask him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Grant emerged from the cave, his manner showing how excited he was.
+He walked rapidly and his hands shook with nervousness. He carried the
+piece of parchment that had become so familiar to the four boys.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He must have meant the code,&#8221; whispered Fred to
+George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He couldn&#8217;t have solved it,&#8221; said George in a low
+voice. &#8220;How could he?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know. At any rate he may have had an
+idea.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Grant advanced rapidly towards the spot where his companions were
+grouped and seated himself in front of them.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s going on, Grant?&#8221; demanded John
+curiously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Just a minute and I&#8217;ll show you something,&#8221; and
+he spread the code out on the ground while the rest of the little party
+peered eagerly over his shoulder.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now, first of all,&#8221; began Grant, &#8220;you all know
+what this is.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s a combination to a safe,&#8221; said George
+readily.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Keep quiet, Pop,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;Give him a
+chance.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s a code,&#8221; said Grant, ignoring George&#8217;s
+facetious remark.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We know that,&#8221; agreed Fred. &#8220;Don&#8217;t be so
+mysterious.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the highest number in it?&#8221; demanded
+Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He sounds like a trick man,&#8221; laughed George
+jeeringly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No treasure for Pop,&#8221; said Grant shortly.
+&#8220;What&#8217;s the highest number in it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess we&#8217;ll have to do it this way,&#8221; said John
+with a sigh. &#8220;Let me see,&#8221; he added. &#8220;I guess
+twenty-five is the highest number.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right. How many letters are there in the
+alphabet?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Twenty-six.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But, Grant,&#8221; Fred protested, &#8220;I don&#8217;t see
+what you&#8217;re getting at?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You will soon enough. Just have a little patience.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But why don&#8217;t you tell us what your idea is right
+now?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Because I don&#8217;t want to. At any rate it&#8217;s only an
+idea and I don&#8217;t know whether it&#8217;s right or not and I
+haven&#8217;t worked it out myself. That&#8217;s what we are doing now
+and I want you all to help me. The whole thing may be wrong, but it
+sounds pretty good to me. John&#8217;s remark about the number of
+letters in the alphabet gave me the idea.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then I ought to get the credit if we solve the code,&#8221;
+exclaimed John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ll be lucky if you don&#8217;t get shot,&#8221;
+said George. &#8220;You ought to be.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go ahead with your explanation, Grant,&#8221; urged Fred.
+&#8220;Everybody keep quiet and give him a chance.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;We&#8217;ve noticed that
+the highest number is twenty-five and that there are twenty-six letters
+in the alphabet, haven&#8217;t we?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We have,&#8221; said John so solemnly that George giggled
+outright. His friends, however, were in a very serious mood and he
+quickly realized that his hilarity was decidedly out of place.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What number appears most frequently?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess fourteen does,&#8221; said Fred after a hasty survey
+of the figures spread out on the ground before them.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, five,&#8221; exclaimed John. &#8220;There are a good many
+more fives than there are fourteens.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps there are,&#8221; Fred admitted. &#8220;Go ahead,
+Grant.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Grant made some calculations that his comrades could not follow
+before he replied to Fred&#8217;s remark. His friends eyed him
+curiously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Suppose we put the letter <i>e</i> wherever the number five
+occurs,&#8221; he said at length.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What are you going to do that for?&#8221; demanded George,
+now very much interested in the experiment Grant was conducting.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Never mind why,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;Do as I
+say.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Give me a sheet out of your diary, Pop,&#8221; said Fred.
+&#8220;I&#8217;ll do the figuring.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are you going to write it all down?&#8221; inquired
+George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Shall I, Grant?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Put it all down. We&#8217;ll go slowly, but we&#8217;ll do it
+right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;Here goes,&#8221;
+and he wrote as follows, substituting the letter for the number every
+time he came to it:</p>
+
+<p>20 - 1 - 11 - e - 1 - 3 - 15 - 21 - 18 - 19 - e - 4 - 21 - e - 14 - 15 - 18 - 20 - 8 - 15 - 14 - e - 8 - 21 - 14 - 18 - e - 4 - 6 - e - e - 20 - 6 - 18 - 15 - 13 - 20 - 8 - e - 19 - 15 - 21 - 20 - 8 - e - 18 - 14 - e - 24 - 20 - 18 - e - 13 - 9 - 20 - 25 - 15 - 6 - 19 - 8 - 1 - 18 - 11 - 18 - 15 - 3 - 11 - 20 - 8 - e - 14 - e - 1 - 19 - 20 - 6 - 9 - 6 - e - e - 20 - 1 - 14 - 4 - 14 - 15 - 18 - 20 - 8 - 2 - 25 - e - 1 - 19 - 20 - 20 - 8 - 9 - 18 - 20 - 25 - 20 - 8 - 18 - e - e - 4 - 9 - 7.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; exclaimed George when Fred had finished,
+&#8220;it may be very simple and all that, but it doesn&#8217;t mean
+anything to me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course, not yet,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;Have a little
+patience.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why don&#8217;t you tell us what your system is?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, you wait.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How about fourteen now?&#8221; demanded Fred. &#8220;We
+decided that was a pretty common number, you know. What shall I do with
+that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ll tell you,&#8221; said Grant and once again he
+appeared to calculate something in his head. &#8220;In place of
+fourteen put the letter <i>n</i>,&#8221; he directed, &#8220;and use
+the copy you just made.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you mean by the copy I just made?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I mean leave the letter <i>e</i> where you put it in the last
+time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Here we go,&#8221; exclaimed Fred and this is what he
+wrote:</p>
+
+<p>20 - 1 - 11 - e - 1 - 3 - 15 - 21 - 18 - 19 - e - 4 - 21 - e - n - 15 - 18 - 20 - 8 - 15 - n - e - 8 - 21 - n - 4 - 18 - e - 4 - 6 - e - e - 20 - 6 - 18 - 15 - 13 - 20 - 8 - e - 19 - 15 - 21 - 20 - 8 - e - 18 - n - e - 24 - 20 - 18 - e - 13 - 9 - 20 - 25 - 15 - 6 - 19 - 8 - l - 18 - 11 - 18 - 15 - 3 - 11 - 20 - 8 - e - n - e - 1 - 19 - 20 - 6 - 9 - 6 - 20 - 25 - 6 - e - e - 20 - 1 - n - 4 - n - 15 - 18 - 20 - 8 - 2 - 25 - e - 1 - 19 - 20 - 20 - 8 - 9 - 18 - 20 - 25 - 20 - 8 - 18 - e - e - 4 - 9 - 7.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Clear as mud,&#8221; cried George, slapping Fred heartily on
+the back. &#8220;You&#8217;re a wonder, Peewee, my boy.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I must confess I don&#8217;t understand all this
+business,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;Why don&#8217;t you tell us
+what you are trying to do, Grant?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Because I&#8217;m not sure that I know myself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Tell us what you think anyway,&#8221; urged John.
+&#8220;There&#8217;s no harm in that.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;d rather not,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;If you
+fellows don&#8217;t want to help me any more though, I&#8217;m
+perfectly willing to work it out by myself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, you don&#8217;t,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;If
+there&#8217;s anything going to happen around here I want to be on
+hand.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;An&#8217; me too,&#8221; said Sam eagerly. &#8220;Ah wants to
+be heah when dat treasah am discovahed. Ah&#8217;ll fix dem niggers in
+Richmond yet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Good boy, Sam,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;You and I will
+work it out together.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah cain&#8217;t read nor write,&#8221; said Sam
+disconsolately. &#8220;Ah&#8217;s afraid Ah wouldn&#8217;t be ob bery
+much help to yo&#8217;. Ah can suttingly do some diggin&#8217;
+dough.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, I&#8217;m going to stay along; don&#8217;t worry about
+that,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;I wish Grant would tell us what
+he&#8217;s trying to do, but I&#8217;m going to stay by him whether he
+tells or not.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know what he&#8217;s trying to do,&#8221; said George.
+&#8220;It&#8217;s simple enough.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it then?&#8221; demanded Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why, he thinks these numbers are used in place of letters. A
+certain number means a certain letter and wherever he sees it he
+substitutes the letter.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We all know that much,&#8221; cried John scornfully.
+&#8220;What we want to know is how he figures out what letter to put in
+place of a certain number. Can you tell us that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, I can&#8217;t,&#8221; George admitted ruefully.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then you don&#8217;t know how he does it, do you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, I don&#8217;t. That is, not yet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go ahead then, Grant,&#8221; exclaimed John.
+&#8220;We&#8217;re wasting time here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You want to go on with it, do you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course we do.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Grant picked up the code and studied it attentively for some
+moments. Finally he put it down again. &#8220;Suppose we put the letter
+<i>h</i> in place of the figure eight,&#8221; he said. &#8220;Eight
+seems to be a fairly common number.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Once again Fred copied the mysterious set of numbers, making the
+change that Grant had suggested.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_23'></a>CHAPTER XXIII<br /><span
+class='fss'>PROGRESS</span></h2>
+
+<p>When Fred had completed his task the following result appeared:</p>
+
+<p>20 - 1 - 11 - e - 1 - 3 - 15 - 21 - 18 - 19 - e - 4 - 25 - e - n - 15 - 18 - 20 - h - 15 - n - e - h - 21 - n - 4 - 18 - e - 4 - 6 - e - e - 20 - 6 - 18 - 15 - 13 - 2 - h - e - 19 - 15 - 21 - 20 - h - e - 18 - n - e - 24 - 20 - 18 - e - 13 - 9 - 20 - 25 - 15 - 6 - 19 - h - 1 - 18 - 11 - 18 - 15 - 3 - 11 - 20 - h - e - n - e - 1 - 19 - 20 - 6 - 9 - 6 - 20 - 25 - 6 - e - e - 20 - 1 - n - 4 - n - 15 - 18 - 20 - h - 2 - 25 - e - 1 - 19 - 20 - 20 - h - 9 - 18 - 20 - 25 - 20 - h - 18 - e - e - 4 - 9 - 7.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is it coming out all right, Grant?&#8221; asked John.
+&#8220;It doesn&#8217;t look like very much to me just yet.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It doesn&#8217;t spell any words yet,&#8221; said Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, indeed, it certainly does,&#8221; exclaimed Grant.
+&#8220;There&#8217;s <i>he</i> a couple of times. That spells
+something, doesn&#8217;t it!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, that does,&#8221; admitted Fred, &#8220;but what can
+<i>n-e-h</i> be? I never heard of that word or <i>e-n-e</i>
+either.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You must remember that it isn&#8217;t all done yet by a good
+deal,&#8221; Grant protested. &#8220;You see we&#8217;ve substituted
+only three letters so far and it spells two words already. I call that
+pretty good work.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, and in a minute you may run up against a snag and find
+that you&#8217;re all wrong,&#8221; said George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Quite right,&#8221; admitted Grant. &#8220;If my system is
+wrong we&#8217;ll find it out pretty soon, too. It seems to me to be
+worth trying though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, I think so, too,&#8221; exclaimed Fred readily.
+&#8220;Let&#8217;s try another now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why can&#8217;t you substitute two at once?&#8221; said John.
+&#8220;That would save a lot of time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know it would,&#8221; admitted Grant. &#8220;It would also
+double the chances of mistakes and we don&#8217;t want to make any if
+we can help it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll be careful,&#8221; said George. &#8220;Go into
+another trance, Grant, and tell us two letters this time. You&#8217;re
+a regular Hindoo fakir and for all I know you may have hypnotized the
+whole crowd of us.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come on, Pop! Be serious,&#8221; exclaimed John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I am serious and I&#8217;m just as anxious to solve this as
+you are. You don&#8217;t mind if I get a little fun out of it though,
+do you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Got the letters, Grant?&#8221; demanded Fred of the owner of
+the secret, who was busily engaged in more calculations. His eyes were
+half shut and he did a great deal of counting on his fingers.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ssh,&#8221; hissed George softly, but no one noticed him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; said Grant suddenly. &#8220;Put <i>r</i> in
+place of eighteen and <i>t</i> in place of twenty.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve got your system,&#8221; exclaimed John all at
+once. &#8220;I had an idea before and now I&#8217;m quite sure of
+it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What is it, String?&#8221; inquired George eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I won&#8217;t tell you. Wait and see if I&#8217;m
+right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I thought you said you were.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think I am.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t tell him, String, if you know,&#8221; urged
+Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I won&#8217;t; don&#8217;t worry about that. Isn&#8217;t it
+simple?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Just like you,&#8221; muttered George, but no one heeded
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go ahead, Fred,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;Write it out
+again.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>When Fred had complied the code had the following
+appearance,&#8211;</p>
+
+<p>t - 1 - 11 - e - 1 - 3 - 15 - 21 - r - 19 - e - 4 - 21 - e - n - 15 - 4 - t - h - 15 - n - e - h - 21 - n - 4 - r - e - 4 - 6 - e - e - t - 6 - r - 15 - 13 - t - h - e - 19 - 15 - 21 - t - h - e - r - n - e - 24 - t - r - e - 13 - 9 - t - 25 - 15 - 6 - 19 - h - 1 - r - 11 - r - 15 - 3 - 11 - t - h - e - n - e - 1 - 19 - t - 6 - 9 - 6 - t - 25 - 6 - e - e - t - 1 - n - 4 - n - 15 - r - t - h - 2 - 25 - e - 1 - 19 - t - t - h - 9 - r - t - 25 - t - h - r - e - e - 4 - 9 - 7.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, you&#8217;ve got more letters in it than you had
+anyway,&#8221; exclaimed George, &#8220;and right down at the end there
+it spells the word <i>three</i>. Grant, I believe you may be on the
+right track after all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, sir, we&#8217;ll all be rich soon,&#8221; exclaimed
+John. &#8220;Just think of us going home with great bags of gold and
+jewels slung over each shoulder.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Say!&#8221; cried Sam, his eyes sparkling and his ivory teeth
+showing in a dazzling smile. &#8220;Wouldn&#8217;t dat be
+great?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;See any ships coming to rescue us?&#8221; said John.
+&#8220;Who wants to be rescued anyway? We&#8217;re going to find the
+gold; we&#8217;re going to find the gold!&#8221; and he danced joyously
+around, waving his arms about his head while he chanted over and over
+again the same refrain, &#8220;We&#8217;re going to find the gold;
+we&#8217;re going to find the gold!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m afraid you&#8217;re a little previous,
+String,&#8221; laughed Grant, looking up from the code which he had
+been studying intently. &#8220;We haven&#8217;t got it yet, you
+know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But we shall,&#8221; insisted John joyously.
+&#8220;We&#8217;ll find it all right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s keep at it,&#8221; exclaimed Fred.
+&#8220;That&#8217;s the best way I know to accomplish anything. Talking
+about it doesn&#8217;t do much good.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Give him a couple more letters then, Grant,&#8221; exclaimed
+George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let me give him one,&#8221; said John. &#8220;See if I can
+guess right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; said Grant, &#8220;you try it this time and
+see if you know the trick.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Give me two,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;We worked two at a time
+before and we ought to be able to do it again.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What numbers do you want letters for?&#8221; inquired
+John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let me see,&#8221; mused Fred. &#8220;How about eleven and
+fifteen?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Just a second now,&#8221; and John began to calculate and
+count on his fingers just as Grant had done.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Another fakir,&#8221; whispered George, but as usual no one
+paid the slightest attention to him. Every one was intent upon the code
+and too much interested in it to be diverted by anything else.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Put <i>k</i> in place of eleven, and <i>o</i> in place of
+fifteen,&#8221; said John after he had apparently satisfied himself as
+to the correctness of his calculations. &#8220;Is that correct,
+Grant?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Absolutely,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;You know the system all
+right.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You might tell us,&#8221; exclaimed George enviously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Keep quiet, Pop, and watch me,&#8221; ordered Fred, and once
+more he rewrote the code while his companions watched him eagerly. This
+is what he wrote:</p>
+
+<p>t - 1 - k - e - 1 - 3 - o - 21 - r - 19 - e - 4 - 21 - e - n - o - r - t - h - o - n - e - h - 21 - n - 4 - r - e - 4 - 6 - e - e - t - 6 - r - o - 13 - t - h - e - 19 - o - 31 - t - h - e - r - n - e - 24 - t - r - e - 13 - t - 25 - o - 6 - 19 - h - 1 - r - k - r - o - e - k - t - h - e - n - e - 1 - 19 - t - 6 - 9 - 6 - t - 25 - 6 - e - e - t - 1 - n - 4 - n - o - r - t - h - 2 - 25 - e - 1 - 19 - t - t - h - 9 - r - t - 25 - t - h - r - e - e - 4 - 9 - 7.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re getting rid of the numbers fast enough
+anyway,&#8221; exclaimed George. &#8220;It looks like Greek to me
+though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe it&#8217;s written in some foreign language,&#8221;
+suggested Fred. &#8220;Wouldn&#8217;t that be awful?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps it&#8217;s Finnish,&#8221; said George. &#8220;We got
+it from a Finn.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dey&#8217;s always ha&#8217;d luck,&#8221; exclaimed Sam
+soberly. &#8220;Ef some Finn done wrote dat we don&#8217;t stan&#8217;
+no chance ob eber findin&#8217; de treasah.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You mean it will be our finish, is that it?&#8221; laughed
+George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah wouldn&#8217;t be at all s&#8217;prised,&#8221; said Sam
+solemnly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What makes you think it&#8217;s not written in
+English?&#8221; demanded Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, just look along there in the middle,&#8221; said
+George. &#8220;It says r-k-r-o, and then k-t-h-e-n-e. Did you ever hear
+of any words that sounded like that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, but towards the end it spells two words
+distinctly,&#8221; protested Grant, &#8220;Just see there, n-o-r-t-h,
+and t-h-r-e-e. Certainly they spell <i>north</i> and <i>three</i>,
+don&#8217;t they?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They do,&#8221; admitted George. &#8220;That&#8217;s what
+puzzles me. Part of it seems to be all right and part wrong. Are you
+sure your system is right?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not yet, but I&#8217;m getting surer all the time. How about
+you, String?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I agree with you, Grant. We&#8217;ll have it all in a
+minute.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe it&#8217;s written in two languages,&#8221; said Fred.
+&#8220;Sometimes they do a thing like that, you know, to make it all
+the harder.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re a cheerful soul,&#8221; exclaimed Grant grimly.
+&#8220;If it&#8217;s written in two languages we&#8217;ll be about as
+badly off as we were before.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And we shan&#8217;t know whether we&#8217;re right or
+not,&#8221; added George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I say go ahead anyway the way we have been doing,&#8221;
+exclaimed Fred. &#8220;We seem to be making some sort of
+progress.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Tell us what letter corresponds to number one,&#8221; said
+George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A,&#8221; almost shouted John and Grant together.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You seem to agree on that at any rate,&#8221; laughed George.
+&#8220;Why don&#8217;t you tell us what your system is?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should think you&#8217;d have guessed it by this
+time,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;Why, it&#8217;s just as simple as
+rolling off a log.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, yes, of course,&#8221; said George sarcastically.
+&#8220;Everything is when you know all about it. I think you might let
+Fred and me into your secret.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;One stands for <i>a</i>,&#8221; was Grant&#8217;s reply.
+&#8220;Nineteen stands for <i>s</i>. That&#8217;s all I&#8217;ll tell
+you now. Go ahead and put those down if you want to.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Write it down, Fred,&#8221; said George sorrowfully.
+&#8220;My,&#8221; he added under his breath, &#8220;I hate stingy
+people.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Again Fred wrote:&#8211;</p>
+
+<p>t - a - k - e - a - 3 - o - 21 - r - s - e - 4 - 21 - e - n - o - r - t - h - o - n - e - h - 21 - n - 4 - r - e - 4 - 6 - e - e - t - 6 - r - o - 13 - t - h - e - s - o - 21 - t - h - e - r - n - e - 24 - t - r - e - 13 - 9 - t - 25 - o - 6 - s - h - a - r - k - o - 3 - k - t - h - e - n - e - a - s - t - 6 - 9 - 6 - t - 25 - 6 - e - e - t - a - n - 4 - n - e - r - t - h - 2 - 25 - e - a - s - t - t - h - 9 - r - t - 25 - t - h - r - e - e - 4 - 9 - 7.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Keep it up,&#8221; urged George. &#8220;Let&#8217;s not
+discuss it any more until it is all written out. Give him some more
+letters.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Take <i>u</i> for twenty-one and <i>f</i> for six,&#8221;
+said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Give me three this time,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;There
+aren&#8217;t many left.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right. Take <i>i</i> for nine.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Once more Fred wrote it out as follows:</p>
+
+<p>t - a - k - e - a - 3 - o - u - r - s - e - 4 - u - e - n - o - r - t - h - o - n - e - h - u - n - 4 - r - e - 4 - f - e - e - t - f - r - o - 13 - t - h - e - s - o - u - t - h - e - r - n - e - 24 - t - r - e - 13 - i - t - 25 - o - f - s - h - a - r - k - r - o - 3 - k - t - h - e - n - e - a - s - t - f - i - f - t - 25 - f - e - e - t - a - n - 4 - n - o - r - t - h - 2 - 25 - e - a - s - t - t - h - e - r - t - 25 - t - h - r - e - e - 4 - i - 7.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s the way,&#8221; cried George. &#8220;Give him
+some more. Clean it up this time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s see,&#8221; said Grant musingly. &#8220;What
+numbers are left?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Three, four, thirteen, twenty-four, twenty-five, two and
+seven,&#8221; said George. &#8220;I think that&#8217;s all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; exclaimed Grant, &#8220;we&#8217;ll finish
+it up. Go ahead, Fred, and in place of three put <i>c</i>, in place of
+four <i>d</i>, put <i>m</i> for thirteen, <i>x</i> for twenty-four,
+<i>y</i> for twenty-five, <i>b</i> for two, and let&#8217;s see,
+<i>g</i> for seven. That ought to do it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Here I go,&#8221; said Fred, beginning to write at once.
+&#8220;You tell me what to do when I come to those numbers.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Grant prompted him and the whole code of numbers was soon translated
+into letters, reading as follows in its final form:</p>
+
+<p>t - a - k - e - a - c - o - u - r - s - e - d - u - e - n - o - r - t - h - o - n - e - h - u - n - d - r - e - d - f - e - e - t - f - r - o - m - t - h - e - s - o - u - t - h - e - r - n - e - x - t - r - e - m - i - t - y - o - f - s - h - a - r - k - r - o - c - k - t - h - e - n - e - a - s - t - f - i - f - t - y - f - e - e - t - a - n - d - n - o - r - t - h - b - y - e - a - s - t - t - h - i - r - t - y - t - h - r - e - e - d - i - g.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_24'></a>CHAPTER XXIV<br /><span
+class='fss'>SOLVED</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;There it is,&#8221; exclaimed Fred when he had finished
+writing.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What does it say?&#8221; demanded George. &#8220;It&#8217;s
+certainly jumbled up.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll start at the beginning,&#8221; said Grant
+eagerly, &#8220;and spell out the letters and see if we can&#8217;t
+make words out of them.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Read them out loud,&#8221; suggested Fred, &#8220;and go
+slow.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;T,&#8221; began Grant, &#8220;that doesn&#8217;t spell
+anything. T-a; T-a-k; T-a-k-e.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Take,&#8221; exclaimed George. &#8220;There&#8217;s a
+word.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Good,&#8221; cried John. &#8220;Go ahead from there,
+Grant.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A,&#8221; said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s a word,&#8221; cried Fred. &#8220;We&#8217;ve
+got &#8216;take a,&#8217; so far.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;C,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;C-o; C-o-u; C-o-u-r.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That means &#8216;heart&#8217; in French,&#8221; exclaimed George.
+&#8220;The next three letters, s-e-d, mean &#8216;but&#8217; in French. Do
+you suppose that could be right?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It doesn&#8217;t make sense that way,&#8221; said John. &#8216;Take
+a heart but.&#8217; What does that mean?&#8220;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps every word doesn&#8217;t count,&#8221; George
+suggested.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look here,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;What does
+c-o-u-r-s-e spell?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Course, of course,&#8221; said John laughingly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Certainly it does,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;That&#8217;s the
+word we want. So far we have three; &#8216;take a course.&#8217;
+Doesn&#8217;t that sound more like it to you fellows than some sort of
+French that George is trying to bring into it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Absolutely,&#8221; said Fred with great conviction.
+&#8220;&#8216;Take a course&#8217; is right, and the next word is d-u-e,
+due.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Correct,&#8221; cried Grant. &#8220;Why, this is easy. Just
+see if I can&#8217;t read the whole thing right off now.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Try it anyway,&#8221; said John. &#8220;Take it
+slow.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Grant studied the letters in front of him for some moments in
+silence. &#8220;I&#8217;ve got it,&#8221; he exclaimed at length.
+&#8220;Just listen to this,&#8221; and he began to read slowly,
+&#8220;&#8216;Take a course due north one hundred feet from the
+south&#8211;&#8217;&#8221; he paused.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;From the southern, isn&#8217;t it?&#8221; queried John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s it. &#8216;Take a course due north one hundred feet
+from the southern extremity of shark rock, then east fifty feet and
+north by east thirty-three dig.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Correct,&#8221; cried John, &#8220;only you ought to have
+read the last of it like this: &#8216;and north by east thirty-three.
+Dig!&#8221; and he shouted the final word with all his might.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;re going to find the gold, we&#8217;re going to find
+the gold!&#8221; shouted Fred, borrowing John&#8217;s chant, and a
+moment later every one in the little party had joined hands and was
+dancing joyously about singing and laughing and shouting. Finally they
+stopped from sheer exhaustion.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Read dat again, will yo&#8217;?&#8221; demanded Sam
+eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Read it, Grant,&#8221; shouted George. &#8220;We&#8217;re
+going to find the gold, we&#8217;re going to find the gold!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If you&#8217;ll keep quiet a minute I&#8217;ll read
+it,&#8221; said Grant, and while every one listened with rapt attention
+he read again the words it had taken them so many days and weeks to
+discover. &#8220;&#8216;Take a course due north one hundred feet from the
+southern extremity of shark rock, then east fifty feet and north by
+east thirty-three. Dig.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Say, I just happened to think,&#8221; exclaimed Fred in
+dismay. &#8220;How are we going to get those directions right? How can
+we tell north from south except in a general sort of way?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Fred,&#8221; said George, pretending to be greatly
+disappointed in his comrade, &#8220;how long will it take you to learn
+that whenever anything is needed, I am the one who always has it?
+Don&#8217;t you know that I always wear a compass and don&#8217;t you
+remember Captain Dodge on board the <i>Josephine</i> complimenting me
+on the fact one time? You are a great trial to me, Fred,&#8221; and
+George shook his head sorrowfully.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I&#8217;m glad you&#8217;ve got it anyway,&#8221; said
+Fred shortly. &#8220;I still don&#8217;t see, though, how we are going
+to measure distances.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That will be hard,&#8221; admitted Grant. &#8220;How long are
+your feet, String?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A yard and a half,&#8221; said George readily, and
+immediately ducked to escape a blow aimed in his direction by the owner
+of the feet in question.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ten inches,&#8221; replied John. &#8220;That is, my shoes are
+just exactly that long, for I remember measuring them in the gymnasium
+just before I left home. They&#8217;re in the cave if you want
+them.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not now,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;It&#8217;s too late to do
+anything to-day, anyway, and it&#8217;ll be dark in a little while. If
+your shoes are exactly ten inches long though, we can measure with them
+and figure out the distance easy enough.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Are you sure that the shark rock the code speaks of is the
+one on the end of the island here?&#8221; exclaimed Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sho&#8217; it am,&#8221; said Sam. &#8220;Dey nevah was two
+rocks lak dat one.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I guess that&#8217;s right,&#8221; agreed Fred. &#8220;It
+must be the one.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Certainly it is,&#8221; said John. &#8220;We wouldn&#8217;t
+have found two codes on this island unless the spot they referred to
+was here too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, that&#8217;s the rock all right,&#8221; said Grant
+confidently. &#8220;I wish we could start right down there now, but I
+suppose it would be foolish.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think we&#8217;ve done enough for one day anyhow,&#8221;
+said John. &#8220;As long as we have solved the code we can&#8217;t
+have much to complain of for one day&#8217;s work.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You haven&#8217;t told us how you did it yet,&#8221; said
+George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Haven&#8217;t you found out for yourself? My, but
+you&#8217;re dull.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps I am,&#8221; admitted George. &#8220;I don&#8217;t
+see it though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Nor I,&#8221; added Fred. &#8220;Tell us how you did
+it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How many letters are there in the alphabet?&#8221; asked
+Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Twenty-six,&#8221; said George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the first letter?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the second?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;B.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And the third?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;C.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the twenty-sixth?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Z.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You know your alphabet anyway,&#8221; laughed Grant.
+&#8220;Now this is how the code works; <i>a</i> is the first letter so
+we call it one, <i>b</i> is the second so we call that two, and so on
+all the way through. For instance, the letter <i>s</i> would be number
+nineteen, and <i>t</i> would be twenty. Do you see the idea?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, I see that,&#8221; said George. &#8220;Explain the
+rest.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why, it&#8217;s just this. Wherever number one came we put
+the letter <i>a</i>. If number thirteen appeared we&#8217;d substitute
+the thirteenth letter in the alphabet in its place.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Which would be <i>m</i>,&#8221; said George after a little
+calculation on his fingers.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;Now do you
+see how it was done?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course. Isn&#8217;t that simple?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It took us long enough to find it out though,&#8221; said
+John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I should say so,&#8221; exclaimed George.
+&#8220;Weren&#8217;t we stupid?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;The simplest
+things are often the hardest to explain. Of course when you get the key
+the rest is easy enough.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;According to this code then,&#8221; said Fred, &#8220;one,
+two, three would be <i>a, b, c</i>. Is that right?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; said Grant, &#8220;and twenty-four, twenty-five
+and twenty-six would be <i>x, y, z</i>.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I see,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;You couldn&#8217;t have
+a number higher than twenty-six in this code then, could
+you?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course not. There are only that many letters in the
+alphabet, you see.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How did you ever happen to think of it, Grant?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I guess I&#8217;d thought of about everything else
+possible,&#8221; laughed Grant. &#8220;When I heard Pop talking about
+teaching his parrot the alphabet and somebody said there were
+twenty-six letters in it, I got an idea all of a sudden. I knew those
+figures backwards and forwards and I remembered that twenty-five was
+the highest number in it. That would mean that twenty-six stood for the
+letter z, but that is so uncommon anyway that it didn&#8217;t seem
+strange that it should be missing. It was a new idea and it struck me
+right away as being a good one.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It certainly was,&#8221; exclaimed George. &#8220;We ought to
+give you a medal, Grant.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wouldn&#8217;t a gold piece do?&#8221; laughed Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It sho&#8217; would suit me,&#8221; grinned Sam. &#8220;Ah
+does want one ob dem dere diamon&#8217; ho&#8217;seshoes, dough.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, when you get enough gold pieces you can buy one,&#8221;
+said Grant. &#8220;Don&#8217;t you think your friends back home would
+be jealous of you though?&#8221; and he winked slyly at his
+companions.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah suttinly does hope so,&#8221; exclaimed Sam heartily.
+&#8220;Dey&#8217;s a lot of good fo&#8217; nothin&#8217; no &#8217;count
+niggers anyhow.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Would you work any more if you had a lot of money?&#8221;
+asked George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Work!&#8221; exclaimed Sam disdainfully. &#8220;Hello, dere,
+foolish! What yo&#8217; think Ah am anyhow? To&#8217; must think
+Ah&#8217;m plumb crazy,&#8221; and Sam looked pityingly at George.
+&#8220;Ob co&#8217;se Ah wouldn&#8217;t nebber lif&#8217; mah han&#8217;
+agin.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t you think you&#8217;d get tired of doing
+nothing?&#8221; laughed George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Jes&#8217; lemme try it onct,&#8221; and Sam snorted at the
+idea of any one being so silly as to work unless he was compelled to do
+so.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I hope you do get rich, Sam,&#8221; exclaimed John,
+&#8220;and I hope all the rest of us do too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dis am de place fo&#8217; it,&#8221; said Sam confidently.
+&#8220;Jes&#8217; think how many people would gib dere eyes jes&#8217;
+to fin&#8217; dis yere island.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Finding the island wouldn&#8217;t do them much good unless
+they knew where to look after they got here,&#8221; said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;But we do know,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;All we have to
+do now is to make a few measurements and do a little
+digging.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It may be a good deal of digging,&#8221; said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We don&#8217;t know how deep the stuff is buried, you
+know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And we don&#8217;t care,&#8221; said George. &#8220;I&#8217;d
+dig all the way to China to get that stuff if it was
+necessary.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wish we had some tools,&#8221; sighed John. &#8220;It may
+be slow work.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, I don&#8217;t know,&#8221; said George. &#8220;It&#8217;s
+all sand down around that end of the island and we can use sticks and
+anything we can get hold of.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;An&#8217; mah knife,&#8221; added Sam eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; agreed Grant. &#8220;That knife will help a
+lot.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We can get Snip to use his beak on the tough spots,&#8221;
+suggested Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; laughed George. &#8220;By the way he dug into my
+hand he ought to be able to tear holes in the ground without any
+trouble at all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s get to sleep,&#8221; said Grant, &#8220;and at
+the crack of dawn to-morrow we&#8217;ll be down at the old shark rock
+with our compass and String&#8217;s shoe ready to make ourselves
+wealthy.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>It was an excited little party that turned in presently and dreamed
+of gold and treasure unheard of all the rest of the warm tropical
+night.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_25'></a>CHAPTER XXV<br /><span class='fss'>ON THE
+BEACH</span></h2>
+
+<p>The sun had scarcely made its appearance above the horizon the
+following day when the inmates of the cave were astir.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Get up everybody,&#8221; shouted Grant, the first to arise.
+&#8220;We&#8217;ve got work to do.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yon won&#8217;t have to call me twice,&#8221; exclaimed John,
+hastily rising to his feet. &#8220;It seems to me I&#8217;ve been awake
+half the night anyway, just waiting for that old sun to come out and
+give us enough light to see.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Suppose it had been a cloudy day and the sun hadn&#8217;t
+come out, String,&#8221; said George, who had now joined the others.
+&#8220;I suppose you&#8217;d have had to stay in bed all day. My, that
+would have been tough luck.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re pretty funny for so early in the morning,&#8221;
+said John shortly. &#8220;After you&#8217;ve broken your back digging
+for a couple of hours maybe you won&#8217;t feel quite so
+smart.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;My back will never get tired digging for gold,&#8221; laughed
+George. &#8220;I could keep at it for a week and not even feel
+it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;An&#8217; me too,&#8221; chimed in Sam. &#8220;Ah is pow&#8217;ful
+strong when it come to dat kind ob diggin&#8217;.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, let&#8217;s get some breakfast and then give all these
+strong men a chance,&#8221; laughed Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Aren&#8217;t you going swimming first?&#8221; demanded
+George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m going, I know that,&#8221; said John
+enthusiastically. &#8220;I don&#8217;t intend to miss any swims in the
+mornings if I can help it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How about sharks?&#8221; queried Grant. &#8220;I should think
+you&#8217;d have had just about all the swimming you&#8217;d want,
+String.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, indeed,&#8221; laughed John. &#8220;I can tell you one
+thing, though, and that is that I intend to stick awfully close to
+shore.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You won&#8217;t be any closer than I will,&#8221; exclaimed
+George seriously. &#8220;I&#8217;ll leave the middle of the ocean to
+the fish and not dispute it with them at all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Who&#8217;s coming?&#8221; called George, who had already
+started. It seemed that every one was, for a moment later the other
+four members of the little family were close behind George. All were in
+excellent spirits and an air of suppressed excitement seemed to pervade
+the atmosphere around about them. When any one spoke it was in a tense
+tone and every laugh sounded somewhat nervous. Eyes sparkled eagerly
+and breath came a trifle faster when the thought of the buried gold
+arose in any one&#8217;s mind.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Diamond horseshoes, Sam!&#8221; exclaimed John, slapping the
+grinning negro heartily on the back. &#8220;Diamond horseshoes right
+after breakfast.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8216;Deed Ah hopes so,&#8221; said Sam. &#8220;Ah sho&#8217;
+could use one ob dem.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not here, though,&#8221; laughed Grant. &#8220;Pretty soon we
+shan&#8217;t have anything to wear if our clothes get very much more
+ragged.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right, Sam,&#8221; said John. &#8220;You
+couldn&#8217;t wear your diamond horseshoe on this island.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Does yo&#8217; really think dey is any ob dem in dat
+chest?&#8221; asked Sam very seriously and very eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I doubt it,&#8221; laughed John. &#8220;I don&#8217;t believe
+they wore such things in the days when this treasure was
+buried.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dat&#8217;s all right dough,&#8221; said Sam cheerfully.
+&#8220;As yo&#8217; say Ah wouldn&#8217;t hab no use fo&#8217; one on
+dis yere island. All Ah wants am gold enough to buy one when Ah gets
+back to Richmon&#8217;. Dat&#8217;s when Ah wants it, an&#8217;, golly,
+say won&#8217;t dem niggers be jealous.&#8221; He laughed aloud as he
+usually did at the thought, for it was a most pleasing prospect to him.
+He was scarcely more than a child in mind; his great, and seemingly his
+supreme, desire to make his friends jealous showed this.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Maybe we&#8217;ll find some earrings,&#8221; suggested Fred.
+&#8220;We can wear those, and if we find bracelets and gold arm-bands
+and anklets and things like that we can put them all on and look like a
+bunch of cannibals.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ve certainly got a great,&#8211;&#8221; George
+began sarcastically, when a cry from Grant suddenly interrupted him.
+Grant had gained somewhat on the remainder of the band and was down
+near the shore when he called.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What&#8217;s the matter with him?&#8221; exclaimed John in a
+puzzled manner. &#8220;What does he see and what&#8217;s he running
+after?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s go find out,&#8221; cried Fred eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come on everybody! Hurry up!&#8221; called Grant, stopping
+for a moment and turning around. Down along the coast he ran, passing
+the ledge where they usually went swimming and continuing his course
+towards a small crescent-shaped beach only a short distance away.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m not going to miss anything,&#8221; exclaimed
+George, and he also commenced to run, followed closely by his three
+companions.</p>
+
+<p>In a few moments they saw the cause of Grant&#8217;s excitement.
+When they reached the spot where they usually bathed they spied him
+standing on the shore gazing at an object which lay at his feet.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Look at that,&#8221; exclaimed George, increasing his
+speed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What a monster,&#8221; echoed Fred.</p>
+
+<p>The remaining distance between them and the object of their
+attention was covered in a remarkably short time by the three boys and
+their negro companion. Every one was eager to be the first on the
+spot.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you think of that for a shark?&#8221; demanded Grant
+when the others had come to the place where he was standing.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s not a shark, that&#8217;s a gunboat,&#8221;
+exclaimed George grimly. &#8220;Where did it come from?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It washed ashore.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is it dead?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No,&#8221; jeered Fred. &#8220;It isn&#8217;t dead, Pop. It
+just crawled up on shore for a little nap.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You think you&#8217;re smart,&#8221; retorted George.
+&#8220;I just asked for information.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And I gave it to you, didn&#8217;t I?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Stop your fighting, you two,&#8221; exclaimed John.
+&#8220;Give some one else a chance.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How did it get here?&#8221; said George curiously.
+&#8220;What killed it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come around this side and I&#8217;ll show you,&#8221; said
+Grant.</p>
+
+<p>All the others went with George and with the giant shark lying on
+its side, its white belly towards the waves, Grant pointed out the
+cause of its death.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There it is,&#8221; he said quietly. A great gaping wound
+showed squarely in the center of the shark&#8217;s belly. It must have
+been nearly a foot in length.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Whew!&#8221; whistled George. &#8220;Who did that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Sam did it,&#8221; said John. &#8220;Isn&#8217;t that right,
+Sam?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah reckon it am.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Is this the shark that was after you, String?&#8221;
+exclaimed George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s the one.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And Sam killed him,&#8221; said George unable to fully
+understand it all. &#8220;I don&#8217;t see how he did it. Why, this
+shark must be twenty feet long.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; cried Grant, &#8220;and when somebody told you it
+was eighteen feet long you laughed. You said it was the biggest fish
+story you&#8217;d ever heard.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I take it back,&#8221; said George simply.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How do you suppose he got here?&#8221; exclaimed John, who
+was examining with personal interest the mouth of the giant fish. Row
+after row of great white teeth, sharp as knives, were seen in the huge
+jaw. John shuddered as he remembered how nearly he had come to losing
+his life to those wicked weapons.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It simply was washed up here by the waves,&#8221; said Grant.
+&#8220;It was thrashing around out there at a great rate after Sam and
+String had come ashore yesterday. I suppose it finally died and drifted
+in.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I think Sam was wonderful to dispose of that fellow the
+way he did,&#8221; exclaimed George. &#8220;How did you do it,
+Sam?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;With mah ol&#8217; knife.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You thought he bit the shark to death, I suppose, Pop,&#8221;
+laughed Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hot air!&#8221; was George&#8217;s only reply to his remark.
+Just what he meant by such a slang expression he probably knew best of
+all.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s measure the shark,&#8221; exclaimed Grant.
+&#8220;I&#8217;d like to settle the dispute once and for all and then
+when we go home and tell the story, people will have to believe us for
+we&#8217;ll all be witnesses.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How are you going to measure?&#8221; inquired Fred.
+&#8220;String&#8217;s shoe is up in the cave, you know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;ll use String himself instead of his shoe,&#8221;
+suggested Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you all take me for?&#8221; demanded John.
+&#8220;I&#8217;m no tape measure.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How tall are you?&#8221; asked Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Six feet two.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;In your stocking feet?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes, and my bare feet, too.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right then,&#8221; laughed Grant. &#8220;Just lie down
+alongside the shark.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go ahead, String,&#8221; urged Fred. &#8220;It won&#8217;t
+hurt you.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I suppose not,&#8221; sighed John and he stretched himself at
+full length on the beach, the soles of his feet exactly on a line with
+the tip of the shark&#8217;s tail. Grant then marked the spot where his
+head came and John moved up to this spot and lay down once more. Again
+Grant indicated the spot by a mark in the sand and the performance was
+repeated. Four times it was necessary to do this before John had
+finally covered the entire length of the shark.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;s three and one-third times as long as you are,
+String,&#8221; announced Grant, when the measurements were
+completed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s twenty feet,&#8221; exclaimed George.
+&#8220;Say, that&#8217;s a real fish, isn&#8217;t it?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should think so,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;I&#8217;m also
+glad that he is dead and lying on the beach, for I&#8217;m afraid I
+couldn&#8217;t enjoy a swim with that fellow hanging around.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There are others,&#8221; said John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They won&#8217;t get me where I&#8217;m going in
+though,&#8221; laughed Fred. &#8220;I&#8217;ll be so close to shore
+that any shark would run aground trying to get at me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s all go in,&#8221; exclaimed Grant.
+&#8220;We&#8217;ve got work to-day and if we are going swimming
+we&#8217;d better hurry.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah mus&#8217; hab one o&#8217; dem teeth,&#8221; said Sam,
+referring to the array in the ugly mouth of the great shark.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What do you want one of them for?&#8221; asked George
+curiously.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8217;Cause it am sho&#8217; to bring yo&#8217; luck.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Then I want one too,&#8221; cried George. &#8220;I want luck
+myself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Get us each one, will you, Sam!&#8221; exclaimed Fred.
+&#8220;We can at least wear them for watch fobs when we get
+home.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They&#8217;ll help us to find the gold maybe,&#8221;
+suggested George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t worry about that,&#8221; exclaimed John,
+confidently. &#8220;We&#8217;ll find the gold all right and we
+don&#8217;t need any shark teeth or anything else to help us,
+either.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well, I say we don&#8217;t fool around here any more, but go
+and get the gold,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;All we&#8217;ve done so far
+is to talk about it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>A moment later they were all splashing around in the water enjoying
+their early morning swim. Soon afterward they returned to the cave,
+where they collected everything they had that might aid them in their
+search for the buried treasure. They spent but little time there,
+however, and then quickly started on their way towards the big black
+rock that was so strangely fashioned in the semblance of a shark. Never
+did a party start out more eagerly or with higher hopes than this
+little band of castaways on their search for buried wealth.</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_26'></a>CHAPTER XXVI<br /><span class='fss'>THE SPOT
+IS MARKED</span></h2>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ve got your compass, haven&#8217;t you, Pop?&#8221;
+demanded Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Right in my hand,&#8221; replied George, holding the precious
+article in question up to view.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Does it work?&#8221; asked Fred, slyly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Of course it works,&#8221; said George loftily.
+&#8220;Anything that I have is all right. You ought to know that by
+this time.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;If we didn&#8217;t have so much work ahead of us this
+morning,&#8221; said Fred, &#8220;I should suggest that we stop here
+for a minute and take the conceit out of him.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, Pop&#8217;s all right,&#8221; laughed Grant. &#8220;He
+just feels good to-day.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why didn&#8217;t you bring your nice gentle little parrot
+along, Pop?&#8221; inquired John. &#8220;He&#8217;d have enjoyed seeing
+his owner do some work.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I was going to bring him,&#8221; said George, &#8220;but look
+what he did to me,&#8221; and he held up a bleeding finger.
+&#8220;That&#8217;s his answer to my invitation to come
+along.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Isn&#8217;t he affectionate?&#8221; laughed John. &#8220;My,
+I wish I had a parrot.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;He&#8217;ll be all right some day,&#8221; said George
+seriously. &#8220;You see if he won&#8217;t.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;m glad you&#8217;re the trainer and not I,
+anyway,&#8221; said John grimly.</p>
+
+<p>Laughing and joking, bantering one another and full of spirits they
+soon came to their destination, and prepared to measure off the
+distances according to the code.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Read what the code says first of all, Grant,&#8221; exclaimed
+Fred. &#8220;That&#8217;ll help us all to know just what we are to
+do.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You ought to know it by heart now I should think,&#8221;
+laughed Grant. &#8220;Still, I&#8217;ll read it if you say
+so.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go ahead, Grant,&#8221; urged John, and once more they
+listened to the words that meant so much to every one of them.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Take a course due north one hundred feet from the southern
+extremity of shark rock, then east fifty feet and north by east
+thirty-three. Dig.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dig,&#8221; cried George. &#8220;That&#8217;s the important
+word. Dig! Dig! Dig!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Wait a minute, Pop,&#8221; exclaimed Grant.
+&#8220;We&#8217;ve got to find the place where we are to dig first, you
+know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;All right,&#8221; said George eagerly. &#8220;Here&#8217;s
+the compass.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Lay it flat out on the rock,&#8221; directed Grant.
+&#8220;We&#8217;ll take our first observation.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The little instrument was placed on top of the great rock while the
+five gold seekers crowded around it eagerly. The delicate indicator
+fluttered excitedly for some moments, then its fluctuations gradually
+became less and less. At last it stopped entirely, the tiny needle
+pointing exactly north.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There we are,&#8221; exclaimed George. &#8220;Now if we go
+directly opposite to the way that needle is pointing we&#8217;ll find
+the southern extremity of this rock.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s what we want,&#8221; cried Grant. &#8220;You
+walk down there, Fred.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Fred hastened to obey and soon stationed himself at the opposite end
+of the rock, which happened to be the tail of the shark.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Get in direct line now,&#8221; directed Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ll have to tell me what that is,&#8221; replied
+Fred. &#8220;I can&#8217;t tell the exact spot, you know, from looking
+at it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right,&#8221; agreed John, &#8220;and we
+don&#8217;t want to make any mistake at the very beginning of our
+calculations. That would throw us &#8217;way off later on.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Take this stick,&#8221; suggested George, bringing up a long
+thin shoot he had torn from one of the nearby bushes. &#8220;Lay it
+flat out on the rock and in a direct line with the needle. Be sure to
+get it exact and if we do we can easily enough find the &#8216;southern
+extremity.&#8217;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>This was quickly done, and in a few moments the exact spot desired
+was located beyond the shadow of a doubt.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now,&#8221; exclaimed Grant, &#8220;the next thing to do is
+to measure off a distance due north from here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Here&#8217;s your tape measure,&#8221; laughed John, offering
+his shoe to Grant. &#8220;That&#8217;s exactly ten inches long.
+I&#8217;ll take my oath to that.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s see,&#8221; mused Grant. &#8220;We want to
+measure a hundred feet from here and the shoe is ten inches long. How
+are we going to figure that out?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s easy enough,&#8221; exclaimed John. &#8220;You
+do it this way: there are twelve inches in a foot, of course, and in
+one hundred feet there would be one hundred times twelve, or twelve
+hundred. Now the shoe is ten inches long, so you divide twelve hundred
+by ten, which is&#8211;&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;One hundred and twenty,&#8221; said Grant quickly.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Right,&#8221; exclaimed John. &#8220;In other words, we want
+to measure a distance one hundred and twenty times the length of my
+shoe due north from here.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Go ahead and do it,&#8221; urged George. &#8220;I&#8217;ll do
+it myself.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You see to it that we keep going straight north,&#8221;
+advised Grant. &#8220;That is one of the most important things of
+all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That suits me,&#8221; said George. &#8220;Start your
+measurements.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The course led off across the sandy beach towards a little clump of
+pine trees. Placing the toe of John&#8217;s shoe close up against the
+spot on shark&#8217;s rock that was their starting place, Grant began
+to measure. With a small stick he marked the place to which the heel of
+the shoe extended and then repeated the operation, using the marker for
+a starting-point. George kept close watch with his compass to see that
+the correct direction was being followed.</p>
+
+<p>It was slow work and arduous. Everybody was on his hands and knees
+keeping careful watch of all the operations. The sun was hot and in
+some places sharp stones or bits of coral were mixed in with the sand
+so that more than one of the little party soon had bleeding knees and
+hands as a result. No one seemed to mind or even to notice these
+discomforts, however. The task they were engaged in was so interesting
+and absorbing to them that they paid scant attention to anything
+else.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Be sure to keep track of the number of times we have
+measured, Fred,&#8221; reminded Grant. &#8220;We don&#8217;t want any
+slip-up, you know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t worry about that,&#8221; said Fred confidently.
+&#8220;Every time you shift that shoe I make a mark on this page from
+George&#8217;s diary. When there are five marks made I cross them
+off.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;How many so far?&#8221; inquired John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Seventy,&#8221; replied Fred after a rapid calculation.
+&#8220;Fifty more to go.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Don&#8217;t hurry,&#8221; warned Grant. &#8220;We want it
+right, you know.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We certainly do,&#8221; agreed George. &#8220;We don&#8217;t
+want to do all this work for nothing.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The measurements were continued, painfully and slowly. Every ten
+inches was marked off with the greatest of care, and if John&#8217;s
+statement that his shoe was exactly ten inches long was correct it
+seemed impossible that any mistake had crept into their calculations.
+John insisted over and over again that the length quoted was absolutely
+correct, but his friends kept on asking him, so anxious were they to be
+perfectly sure.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;One hundred and twenty,&#8221; announced Fred at length.
+&#8220;That&#8217;s the end of the first journey.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Thank goodness,&#8221; exclaimed Grant, wiping the
+perspiration from his brow. &#8220;That&#8217;s about as hard work as I
+care to do.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should say it is,&#8221; agreed George. &#8220;Let&#8217;s
+rest for a few minutes.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I&#8217;ve got to,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;I&#8217;ll never
+last otherwise.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Mark the exact spot where we are to start on the next
+lap,&#8221; said John, &#8220;and then let&#8217;s go up here in the
+shade and rest for a little while.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Good idea,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;I&#8217;ll put this
+stick in the ground.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>The important spot plainly indicated, the whole party withdrew to
+the shade afforded by a neighboring clump of palms and stretched
+themselves upon the ground for a well earned rest.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t suppose we have any business to be working out
+in that sun in the middle of the day anyway,&#8221; said Grant.
+&#8220;It&#8217;s entirely too hot.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Do you think we&#8217;re apt to get a sunstroke?&#8221;
+queried John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s a good chance of it, I should think. I
+don&#8217;t believe that people who are used to living in the tropics
+would be working out in it either.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Suttinly dey wouldn&#8217;t,&#8221; said Sam with great
+conviction. &#8220;It am bery, bery dangerous.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think so too,&#8221; exclaimed George. &#8220;I say we
+don&#8217;t do anything more until the sun begins to go down a little.
+We&#8217;ve got more than half of it measured out anyway, and it
+won&#8217;t take us so very long to do the rest.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The only trouble is,&#8221; remarked Fred, &#8220;that if we
+wait until then to finish the measuring we won&#8217;t be able to do
+any digging to-day.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;What of it?&#8221; demanded Grant. &#8220;Gold won&#8217;t
+evaporate, you know, and if it&#8217;s there to-day it&#8217;ll be
+there just as much to-morrow.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re right, Grant,&#8221; agreed George.
+&#8220;There&#8217;s no hurry, and much as I want to see that gold,
+I&#8217;m willing to wait &#8217;till to-morrow rather than run the risk of
+sunstroke or something.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Having reached this decision they lay about in the shade all through
+the tropical noon and discussed the treasure for the thousandth time
+since they first had come into possession of the code. Sometimes they
+dozed and Sam, true to the traditions of his race, slept soundly.</p>
+
+<p>At last the shadows began to lengthen and a cool breeze sprang up
+off the water. It was like food to a starving man it was so refreshing
+and strengthening.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We&#8217;re off!&#8221; cried Grant, springing eagerly to his
+feet.</p>
+
+<p>Every one joined him quickly and the task was resumed, and the air
+being cooler now, they all worked better and more easily.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;This next course is just half as long as the last one,
+isn&#8217;t it?&#8221; said Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Yes,&#8221; said John, &#8220;that makes just sixty times the
+length of my shoe.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Due east they measured off the distance and before very long had
+marked the completion of the second stage of their journey.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Now,&#8221; exclaimed Grant, &#8220;we go north by east
+thirty-three feet. How many lengths of your shoe is that,
+John?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You figure it out, Fred,&#8221; urged John.
+&#8220;You&#8217;ve got pencil and paper and all you have to do, you
+know, is to multiply thirty-three by twelve and divide by
+ten.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Thirty-nine and six-tenths times,&#8221; announced Fred.
+&#8220;How can we measure that fraction exactly?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;We won&#8217;t need to,&#8221; said Grant. &#8220;It&#8217;s
+the last figure and we can get it within a couple of inches.
+We&#8217;ll dig a hole a couple of feet square all around our last
+marker, so two or three inches won&#8217;t make any
+difference.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s right,&#8221; agreed Fred, and the measurements
+were continued.</p>
+
+<p>Soon they came to the end, but there an unexpected complication
+presented itself. Thirty-three feet from the last point brought them
+squarely up against a palm tree some twelve or fifteen inches in
+diameter.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s the end,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;How can
+we dig down through a tree like that though? We must have made a
+mistake in our calculations.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why so?&#8221; demanded George.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t see how it could be any other way,&#8221;
+insisted Fred. &#8220;In the first place how can any one bury anything
+underneath a tree like that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;They didn&#8217;t,&#8221; said George. &#8220;They buried the
+treasure here and then planted this palm tree to mark the spot. Do you
+notice that it is the only one within fifty or a hundred feet of
+here?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re right, Pop,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;I
+believe that that&#8217;s exactly what happened.&#8221;</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<h2><a id='link_27'></a>CHAPTER XXVII<br /><span
+class='fss'>CONCLUSION</span></h2>
+
+<p>After a sleepless and restless night the excited little party of
+treasure seekers repaired once more to the palm tree which marked the
+spot so long sought by them.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Got your knife, Sam?&#8221; exclaimed Grant.
+&#8220;Let&#8217;s see how good a lumberman you are.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah&#8217;ll hab dat ol&#8217; tree down in no time,&#8221;
+cried Sam confidently, and with his great heavy knife grasped firmly in
+his right hand he fiercely attacked the unsuspecting tree. The wood was
+soft and before long began to yield to Sam&#8217;s blows.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;ll just about finish up that knife,&#8221;
+remarked Grant to Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Suppose it does,&#8221; said Fred. &#8220;There&#8217;s
+another hoop from that old cask up at the cave and he can easily make
+another.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Isn&#8217;t a barrel of gold worth more than an old iron
+knife anyway?&#8221; said John. &#8220;I should say so if you asked
+me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;A barrel of gold wouldn&#8217;t have done you much good when
+that shark was after you though,&#8221; said Grant grimly. &#8220;I
+guess just at that time Sam&#8217;s old iron knife was worth more to
+you than anything in the world.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s true,&#8221; acknowledged John soberly. &#8220;I
+have no right to talk against that knife.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Come over here and give this tree a push,&#8221; shouted
+George who was bustling importantly around Sam. &#8220;You fellows seem
+to think this is a party or something. Come over here and do some
+work.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>No great amount of urging was required, however, and a moment later
+every one in the party was standing about the tree, pushing and pulling
+with all his might.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;She&#8217;s beginning to give!&#8221; exclaimed George.
+&#8220;Keep it up!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let Sam get to work for a minute or so more,&#8221; suggested
+Grant. &#8220;About a dozen more good blows will finish the
+job.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dat&#8217;s right,&#8221; agreed Sam readily. &#8220;Lemme at
+dat ol&#8217; tree agin.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>As though it was his mortal enemy Sam attacked the unsuspecting palm
+tree and dealt it such fierce blows that it soon required only a slight
+exercise of strength to topple it over.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There she is,&#8221; panted George when the tree lay
+prostrate. &#8220;She&#8217;s down and now the only thing that stands
+between us and the treasure is a few feet or yards of sand.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Let&#8217;s hope it&#8217;s feet,&#8221; said John.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;And that there are no rocks to go through either,&#8221;
+added Fred.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You certainly can think of more hard luck than any one I ever
+saw, Fred,&#8221; exclaimed George, pretending to be very much
+discouraged with his friend. &#8220;Why do you always look on the dark
+side of things?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t. I just believe in being sensible about it,
+that&#8217;s all.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It seems to me you&#8217;re always looking for
+trouble.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;By the way,&#8221; said John, &#8220;you didn&#8217;t get
+those shark teeth, did you, Sam?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;&#8217;Deed Ah didn&#8217;t,&#8221; exclaimed Sam, resting a moment
+from his exertions, for he had already commenced to dig. &#8220;Ah done
+clean forgot &#8217;em.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Will that bring us hard luck?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Not at all,&#8221; said George. &#8220;Sam said that one
+would bring you good luck if you had it, but he didn&#8217;t say it
+would be hard luck without it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I know that,&#8221; said John, &#8220;but I thought that
+perhaps if you had a chance to get one and didn&#8217;t do it you might
+give yourself bad luck.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re as bad as Fred,&#8221; exclaimed George
+disgustedly. &#8220;Why can&#8217;t you all be cheerful?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Why can&#8217;t you all go to work is what I&#8217;d like to
+know?&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;It seems to me that that is more
+important than luck.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;re right, Grant,&#8221; said George readily.
+&#8220;There&#8217;s no such thing as luck.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s such a thing as work, though,&#8221; said Grant
+grimly. &#8220;Let&#8217;s all do some of it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>They fell to work with a will and dug busily and steadily for a long
+time. A hole about four feet square was started and the boys were armed
+with almost everything one could think of in place of real tools.
+Sticks, flat pieces of rock, and hands almost more than anything else
+were employed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It&#8217;s a good thing for us we are digging in sand and not
+in clay,&#8221; remarked Fred after some time had elapsed.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I should say it is!&#8221; agreed John. &#8220;As it is, we
+aren&#8217;t making a great deal of headway it seems to me.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Oh, yes, we are,&#8221; exclaimed Grant. &#8220;The hole is
+at least a couple of feet deep already.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I wish we could all get in there at once,&#8221; said George.
+&#8220;We could work much faster then.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Perhaps we won&#8217;t have to go much deeper,&#8221; said
+Grant hopefully.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I think we shall though.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Suppose we take turns down there with the knife,&#8221;
+suggested Fred. &#8220;One of us can loosen up the sand with it and
+then a couple more can get in and throw it out.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;That&#8217;s a good scheme,&#8221; exclaimed John.
+&#8220;Give me the knife, Sam.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah can do it mahself,&#8221; protested Sam.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;No, you can&#8217;t either,&#8221; laughed John.
+&#8220;You&#8217;ve done enough work for to-day anyway. Let me have it
+now and perhaps you can take another turn at it later.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Reluctantly Sam gave up the knife and joined the others who stood
+and watched John down in the hole. When he had loosened a considerable
+amount of earth he climbed up and Fred and George took his place and
+threw the loose sand out of the pit. This operation was repeated many
+times with different ones doing the work. In this way the labor was
+lightened and the hole grew amazingly.</p>
+
+<p>It was George&#8217;s turn with the knife and he was working
+tremendously. He hacked and carved the sand, exerting himself to the
+utmost. All at once the knife struck something hard that had a metallic
+ring to it.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;You&#8217;ve got it, Pop!&#8221; cried Grant excitedly.
+&#8220;You&#8217;ve got it sure!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Hurry up and dig around it,&#8221; exclaimed Fred. &#8220;Let
+me do it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can do it all right,&#8221; said George, and he fell to
+work with even more zeal than formerly.</p>
+
+<p>Again and again his knife struck the metallic surface beneath him.
+His companions, grouped all around the pit, riveted their gaze on him
+and watched him with rapt attention. George dropped the knife and dug
+the sand away with his hands. The black top of an iron chest presented
+itself to the view of the fascinated onlookers.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Can you move it, Pop?&#8221; cried Grant.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I can&#8217;t find the edge of it.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ah get &#8217;im,&#8221; said Sam suddenly, and he dropped
+into the pit and began to work like a beaver. Their combined efforts
+soon cleared all the sand from the top of the chest, which appeared to
+be about eighteen inches square. On the top was a little handle with
+which to lift it.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Lift it out, Sam!&#8221; cried John. &#8220;Lift it
+out!&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>Sam exerted all his strength but could not budge the stocky little
+chest. It was either extremely heavy or stuck fast. Every one who was
+concerned in the matter was so interested in these operations that he
+was entirely unconscious of everything except what was going on in the
+pit right before their eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Dig it out a little more,&#8221; advised Grant. &#8220;You
+can lift it then.&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>This proved to be true and a few moments later after a great pulling
+and tugging Sam succeeded in raising the heavy little chest from its
+place. Another great effort and he swung it up out of the pit where it
+was pounced upon by Fred, John and Grant. Sam and George followed
+almost instantly and an immediate inspection was made to see how it was
+to be opened.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;There&#8217;s no lock on&#8211;&#8221; began Grant eagerly,
+when he was strangely interrupted.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Ahoy, there!&#8221; came a shout and in amazement every one
+turned to see whence came the hail. Its bow just grating on the beach,
+was a small boat manned by four sailors; a half-mile off shore a large
+steamer was riding at anchor. So engrossed had all the boys been in
+digging the pit that they had not once noticed nor suspected its
+approach.</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;Well,&#8221; gasped John, &#8220;what do you think of
+that?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;It means we get home all right anyway,&#8221; exclaimed Fred.
+&#8220;Where do you suppose it came from?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;I don&#8217;t even care,&#8221; said George. &#8220;How about
+the treasure, Grant?&#8221;</p>
+
+<p>&#8220;The chest is empty,&#8221; replied Grant gazing ruefully into
+the barren depths of the stout little iron box.</p>
+
+<p class='tac mt20 mb30'>THE END</p>
+
+<hr class='pb' />
+
+<div class='adpage'>
+<p class='fs18 tac mb10'>The Outdoor Chums<br /><span class='fss'>SERIES</span></p>
+
+<p class='tac'><i>By</i> CAPTAIN QUINCY ALLEN</p>
+
+<hr class='tb10' />
+
+<p>The Outdoor Chums<br />&nbsp;&nbsp;On the Lake<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;In the Forest<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;On the Gulf<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;After Big Game<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;On A House
+Boat<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;In the
+Big Woods<br />
+&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;At
+Cabin Point</p>
+
+<hr class='tb10' />
+
+<p class='ti2 mb05 mt05'>For lovers of the great outdoors (and what boy is not?) this &#8220;Outdoor
+Chums&#8221; series will be a rare treat. After you have read the first book and
+followed the fortunes of the &#8220;Chums,&#8221; you will realize the pleasure
+the other seven volumes have in store for you.</p>
+
+<p class='ti2 mb05'>These rollicking lads know field, forest, mountain, sea and stream&#8211;and
+the books contain much valuable information on woodcraft and the living of an
+outdoor life.</p>
+
+<hr class='tb10' />
+
+<p class='tac fsl'>The Goldsmith Publishing Co.</p>
+
+<p class='tac'>NEW YORK, N. Y.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Go Ahead Boys and the Treasure Cave, by
+Ross Kay
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GO AHEAD BOYS AND TREASURE CAVE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 30950-h.htm or 30950-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ https://www.gutenberg.org/3/0/9/5/30950/
+
+Produced by Roger Frank, D Alexander and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/30950-h/images/i001.jpg b/30950-h/images/i001.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a185a55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/30950-h/images/i001.jpg
Binary files differ